US20220096527A1 - Papd5 and papd7 inhibitors for treating a hepatitis b infection - Google Patents

Papd5 and papd7 inhibitors for treating a hepatitis b infection Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20220096527A1
US20220096527A1 US17/542,358 US202117542358A US2022096527A1 US 20220096527 A1 US20220096527 A1 US 20220096527A1 US 202117542358 A US202117542358 A US 202117542358A US 2022096527 A1 US2022096527 A1 US 2022096527A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
alkyl
papd5
papd7
inhibitor
hbv
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
US17/542,358
Inventor
Xingchun Han
Hassan Javanbakht
Henrik Mueller
Yongguang Wang
Song Yang
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Hoffmann La Roche Inc
Original Assignee
Hoffmann La Roche Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Hoffmann La Roche Inc filed Critical Hoffmann La Roche Inc
Priority to US17/542,358 priority Critical patent/US20220096527A1/en
Publication of US20220096527A1 publication Critical patent/US20220096527A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47—Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • A61K31/4738—Quinolines; Isoquinolines ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/4745—Quinolines; Isoquinolines ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems condensed with ring systems having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. phenantrolines
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7088—Compounds having three or more nucleosides or nucleotides
    • A61K31/7125—Nucleic acids or oligonucleotides having modified internucleoside linkage, i.e. other than 3'-5' phosphodiesters
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/395—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
    • A61K39/39533—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals
    • A61K39/3955—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals against proteinaceous materials, e.g. enzymes, hormones, lymphokines
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/11—DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
    • C12N15/113—Non-coding nucleic acids modulating the expression of genes, e.g. antisense oligonucleotides; Antisense DNA or RNA; Triplex- forming oligonucleotides; Catalytic nucleic acids, e.g. ribozymes; Nucleic acids used in co-suppression or gene silencing
    • C12N15/1131—Non-coding nucleic acids modulating the expression of genes, e.g. antisense oligonucleotides; Antisense DNA or RNA; Triplex- forming oligonucleotides; Catalytic nucleic acids, e.g. ribozymes; Nucleic acids used in co-suppression or gene silencing against viruses
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/506—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/519—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic rings
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/70—Carbohydrates; Sugars; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K31/7088—Compounds having three or more nucleosides or nucleotides
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/20—Antivirals for DNA viruses
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/40—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against enzymes
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/11—DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
    • C12N15/113—Non-coding nucleic acids modulating the expression of genes, e.g. antisense oligonucleotides; Antisense DNA or RNA; Triplex- forming oligonucleotides; Catalytic nucleic acids, e.g. ribozymes; Nucleic acids used in co-suppression or gene silencing
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/11—DNA or RNA fragments; Modified forms thereof; Non-coding nucleic acids having a biological activity
    • C12N15/113—Non-coding nucleic acids modulating the expression of genes, e.g. antisense oligonucleotides; Antisense DNA or RNA; Triplex- forming oligonucleotides; Catalytic nucleic acids, e.g. ribozymes; Nucleic acids used in co-suppression or gene silencing
    • C12N15/1137—Non-coding nucleic acids modulating the expression of genes, e.g. antisense oligonucleotides; Antisense DNA or RNA; Triplex- forming oligonucleotides; Catalytic nucleic acids, e.g. ribozymes; Nucleic acids used in co-suppression or gene silencing against enzymes
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6876—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes
    • C12Q1/6883—Nucleic acid products used in the analysis of nucleic acids, e.g. primers or probes for diseases caused by alterations of genetic material
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/70—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving virus or bacteriophage
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/70—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving virus or bacteriophage
    • C12Q1/701—Specific hybridization probes
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/70—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving virus or bacteriophage
    • C12Q1/701—Specific hybridization probes
    • C12Q1/706—Specific hybridization probes for hepatitis
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G01—MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/5005—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving human or animal cells
    • G01N33/5008—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving human or animal cells for testing or evaluating the effect of chemical or biological compounds, e.g. drugs, cosmetics
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G01—MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/53—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor
    • G01N33/573—Immunoassay; Biospecific binding assay; Materials therefor for enzymes or isoenzymes
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G01—MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/68—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids
    • G01N33/6893—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids related to diseases not provided for elsewhere
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • C07K2317/73—Inducing cell death, e.g. apoptosis, necrosis or inhibition of cell proliferation
    • C07K2317/732—Antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity [ADCC]
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/10—Type of nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/14—Type of nucleic acid interfering N.A.
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
    • C12N2310/32—Chemical structure of the sugar
    • C12N2310/323—Chemical structure of the sugar modified ring structure
    • C12N2310/3231—Chemical structure of the sugar modified ring structure having an additional ring, e.g. LNA, ENA
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2310/00—Structure or type of the nucleic acid
    • C12N2310/30—Chemical structure
    • C12N2310/34—Spatial arrangement of the modifications
    • C12N2310/341—Gapmers, i.e. of the type ===---===
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N2320/00—Applications; Uses
    • C12N2320/30—Special therapeutic applications
    • C12N2320/31—Combination therapy
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q2600/00—Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
    • C12Q2600/136—Screening for pharmacological compounds
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q2600/00—Oligonucleotides characterized by their use
    • C12Q2600/158—Expression markers
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G01—MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2333/00—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature
    • G01N2333/90—Enzymes; Proenzymes
    • G01N2333/91—Transferases (2.)
    • G01N2333/912—Transferases (2.) transferring phosphorus containing groups, e.g. kinases (2.7)
    • G01N2333/91205—Phosphotransferases in general
    • G01N2333/91245—Nucleotidyltransferases (2.7.7)
    • G01N2333/9125—Nucleotidyltransferases (2.7.7) with a definite EC number (2.7.7.-)
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G01—MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2800/00—Detection or diagnosis of diseases
    • G01N2800/52—Predicting or monitoring the response to treatment, e.g. for selection of therapy based on assay results in personalised medicine; Prognosis

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a method for identifying a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits a hepatitis B virus (HBV) infection, wherein a compound that (i) reduces the expression and/or activity of PAP associated domain containing 5 (PAPD5) and/or PAP associated domain containing 7 (PAPD7); and/or (ii) binds to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 and inhibits propagation of HBV; is identified as a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits a HBV infection.
  • HBV hepatitis B virus
  • the invention also provides for an inhibitor of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 for use in treating and/or preventing a HBV infection; as well as a combined preparation comprising an inhibitor of PAPD5 and an inhibitor of PAPD7 for simultaneous or sequential use in the treatment or prevention of a HBV infection.
  • a pharmaceutical composition for use in the treatment and/or prevention of a HBV infection, and a method for monitoring the therapeutic success during the treatment of a HBV infection.
  • the hepatitis B virus is an enveloped, partially double-stranded DNA virus.
  • the compact 3.2 kb HBV genome consists of four overlapping open reading frames (ORF), which encode for the core, polymerase (Pol), envelope and X-proteins.
  • ORF open reading frames
  • the Pol ORF is the longest and the envelope ORF is located within it, while the X and core ORFs overlap with the Pol ORF.
  • the lifecycle of HBV has two main events: 1) generation of closed circular DNA (cccDNA) from relaxed circular (RC DNA), and 2) reverse transcription of pregenomic RNA (pgRNA) to produce RC DNA. Prior to the infection of host cells, the HBV genome exists within the virion as RC DNA.
  • HBV virions are able to gain entry into host cells by non-specifically binding to the negatively charged proteoglycans present on the surface of human hepatocytes (Schulze, Hepatology, 46, (2007), 1759-68) and via the specific binding of HBV surface antigens (HBsAg) to the hepatocyte sodium-taurocholate cotransporting polypeptide (NTCP) receptor (Yan, J Virol, 87, (2013), 7977-91).
  • NTCP sodium-taurocholate cotransporting polypeptide
  • HBV infection remains a major health problem worldwide which concerns an estimated 350 million chronic carriers who have a higher risk of liver cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma.
  • the secretion of antiviral cytokines in response to a HBV infection by the hepatocytes and/or the intra-hepatic immune cells plays a central role in the viral clearance of the infected liver.
  • chronically infected patients only display a weak immune response due to various escape strategies adopted by the virus to counteract the host cell recognition systems and the subsequent antiviral responses.
  • HBV empty subviral particles SVPs, HBsAg
  • CHB chronically infected patients
  • HBsAg has been reported to suppress the function of immune cells such as monocytes, dendritic cells (DCs) and natural killer (NK) cells by direct interaction (Op den Brouw, Immunology , (2009b), 126, 280-9; Woltman, PLoS One , (2011), 6, e15324; Shi, J Viral Hepat . (2012), 19, e26-33; Kondo. ISRN Gasteroenterology , (2013), Article ID 935295).
  • DCs dendritic cells
  • NK natural killer
  • HBsAg quantification is a significant biomarker for prognosis and treatment response in chronic hepatitis B.
  • Current therapy such as Nucleos(t)ide analogues are molecules that inhibit HBV DNA synthesis but are not directed at reducing HBsAg level.
  • Nucleos(t)ide analogs even with prolonged therapy, only show weak HBsAg clearance comparable to those observed naturally (between ⁇ 1%-2%) (Janssen, Lancet , (2005), 365, 123-9; Marcellin, N. Engl. J. Med ., (2004), 351, 1206-17; Buster, Hepatology , (2007), 46, 388-94).
  • Hepatitis B e-antigen also called HBV envelope antigen or HBeAg
  • HBeAg HBeAg is a viral protein that is secreted by hepatitis B infected cells.
  • HBeAg is associated with chronic hepatitis B infections and is used as a marker of active viral disease and a patient's degree of infectiousness.
  • HBeAg The function of the hepatitis B virus precore or HBeAg is not completely known. However HBeAg is well known to play a key role in viral persistence. HBeAg is thought to promote HBV chronicity by functioning as an immunoregulatory protein. In particular, the HBeAg is a secreted accessory protein, which appears to attenuate the host immune response to the intracellular nucleocapsid protein (Walsh, Virology, 2011, 411(1):132-141). The HBeAg acts as an immune tolerogen contributing to HBV persistence, and possibly functions in utero considering that soluble HBeAg traverses the placenta (Walsh, Virology, 2011, 411(1):132-141).
  • HBeAg downregulates: i) cellular genes controlling intracellular signaling; and ii) the Toll-like receptor 2 (TLR-2) to dampen the innate immune response to viral infection (Walsh, Virology, 2011, 411(1):132-141).
  • TLR-2 Toll-like receptor 2
  • HBeAg has a significant role in modulating virus/host interactions to influence the host immune response (Walsh, Virology, 2011, 411(1):132-141).
  • reducing HBeAg in HBeAg positive patient population may lead to reversal of HBV specific immunedysfunction (Milich, 1997, J.
  • HBeAg hepatitis core antigen
  • HBcAg intracellular hepatitis core antigen
  • the split T-cell tolerance between the HBeAg and the HBcAg and the clonal heterogeneity of HBc/HBeAg-specific T-cell tolerance may have significant implications for natural HBV infection and especially for precore-negative chronic hepatitis (Chen, 2005, Journal of Virology, 79: 3016-3027).
  • HBeAg in addition to secretion of HBsAg would lead to an improved inhibition of development of a chronic HBV infection as compared to the inhibition of secretion of HBsAg alone.
  • the highest rates of transmission of an acute infection to chronic have been reported in cases of materno-fetal and neonatal HBV transmission from HBeAg-positive mothers (Liaw, Lancet, 2009, 373: 582-592; Liaw, Dig. Dis. Sci., 2010, 55: 2727-2734; and Hadziyannis, 2011, Journal of hepatology, 55: 183-191). Therefore, reducing HBeAg in an expected mother may not only reduce the patient's degree of infectiousness, but may also inhibit the development of a chronic HBV infection of her child.
  • WO 03/022987 discloses for example in Table 7A 1298 genes that are upregulated in hepatitis C-positive tissue.
  • One of the mentioned genes is topoisomerase-related function protein 4 (TRF4, AF089897).
  • AF089897 is also called TRF4-2, which is quite similar to position 880 to 2340 of SEQ ID NO: 4 herein.
  • TRF4-2 topoisomerase-related function protein 4
  • WO 03/022987A2 does not disclose any hint that fragments of PAPD5 plays any critical role during hepatitis C infection at all.
  • HCV and HBV are two completely different viruses leading to two completely different diseases with different etiologies, different progression and different medication. This is in line with the observation of the present inventors that the PAPD5 and PAPD7 inhibitors DHQ and THP are inactive against hepatitis C virus (HCV) or other viruses beside HBV (data not shown).
  • HCV hepatitis C virus
  • PAPD5 has been suggested in a long list of other genes as having a potential role in cell proliferation in metabolic and tumorous disease without the provision of any actual evidence.
  • PAPD5 has been suggested in a long list of other genes as having a potential role in increasing viral replication without the provision of any actual evidence.
  • PAPD5 or PAPD7 has never been associated with HBV infection.
  • the technical problem underlying the present invention is the identification and provision of ameliorated means and methods for treating and/or preventing a HBV infection.
  • One aspect of the present invention relates to a screening method, particularly to a method for identifying a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits a HBV infection, comprising:
  • a further aspect of the invention is a method for identifying a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits a HBV infection, comprising:
  • a further aspect of the present invention is an inhibitor of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 for use in treating and/or preventing a HBV infection, wherein said inhibitor is
  • the inhibitor for the use in treating or preventing HBV can be selected from compounds of Formula (I) or (II).
  • the inhibitors of Formula (III) and (IV) are useful in the invention.
  • FIG. 1 Pictures from 1-by-1 experiment with HBX129653/HBX129654 chemical probes and the 3 prey fragments.
  • FIG. 2 Pictures from 1-by-1 experiment with HBX129653/HBX129654 chemical probes and PAPD5/7 full length proteins.
  • FIG. 3 Pictures from competition assay using HBX129653 (DHQ) and MOL653/654 for competition
  • FIG. 4 Pictures from competition assay using HBX129654 (THP) and MOL653/654 for competition
  • FIG. 5 Pictures from competition assay using HBX129653 (DHQ) and INACT653/INACT654 for competition. MOL653 was included as positive control.
  • FIG. 6 Pictures from competition assay using HBX129654 (THP) and INACT653/INACT654 for competition. MOL653 was included as positive control.
  • FIG. 7 SiRNA knock-down (KD) of PAPD5 and PAPD7 in HBV-infected dHepaRG leads to reduction in HBV expression.
  • Differentiated HepaRG cells were infected with HBV and treated with siRNA against either PAPD5, PAPD7 or both (25 nM each) one day prior to HBV infection and on day 4 post infection.
  • Supernatant were harvested on day 11, levels of HBsAg and HBeAg secreted in the supernatant were measured by ELISA and normalized to non-treated control. Cell toxicity and inhibition of gene expression was measured subsequently and also normalized to the non-treated control.
  • B The same experiment as described in (A) was performed, with the exception that only the level of HBsAg secreted in the supernatant was measured.
  • PAPD5 and PAPD7 are non-canonical poly(A)-polymerases that belong to the superfamily of polymerase ⁇ -like nucleotidyl transferases.
  • a compound that is useful for the therapeutic intervention of a HBV infection can successfully be identified by analyzing whether a test compound inhibits PAPD5 and/or PAPD7.
  • inhibition of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 was identified in the appended examples as being an indicator for the efficacy of a compound to inhibit a HBV infection.
  • DHQ dihydroquinolizinone compound having the formula (III) as shown herein below
  • THP tetrahydropyridopyrimidine compound having the formula (IV) as shown herein below
  • the appended examples show that inhibition of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 by using siRNA leads to an inhibition of viral expression, particularly of the secretion of HBsAg and HBeAg as well as of the production of intracellular HBV mRNA.
  • an HBV infection e.g. a chronic HBV infection
  • the present invention relates to a screening method, wherein a compound that reduces the expression and/or activity (e.g. the expression) of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 (e.g. of PAPD5 and PAPD7) is identified as a compound that prevents and/or treats (i.e. ameliorates and/or inhibits) a HBV infection.
  • a compound antagonizes (i.e. inhibits) PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 leads to inhibition of HBV gene expression and replication; and thus, prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits a HBV infection.
  • Such a compound may lead to a reduction of the PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 expression and/or activity of 10-100%, preferably of 20-100%, more preferably of 30-100%, even more preferably of 40-100%, even more preferable of 50-100%, even more preferably of 60-100%, even more preferably of 70-100%, even more preferably of 80-100%, and most preferably of 90-100%.
  • the expression of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 is measured (i.e. analyzed/determined) by using in step (a) a cell expressing PAPD5 and/or PAPD7, i.e. (ai).
  • the activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 may be measured (i.e. analyzed/determined) by using in step (a) either (ai) PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 polypeptide, e.g. in a cell-free preparation; or (aii) a cell expressing PAPD5 and/or PAPD7.
  • a compound that reduces the expression of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 is identified as a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits (i.e. treats) HBV infection.
  • a compound that reduces the activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 is identified as a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits (i.e. treats) a HBV infection.
  • a compound that reduces the expression and/or activity of PAPD5 or of both molecules, PAPD5 and PAPD7 is identified as a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits a HBV infection.
  • a compound that reduces the expression and/or activity of both molecules, PAPD5 and PAPD7 is identified as a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits a HBV infection.
  • a compound that prevents and/or treats (i.e. ameliorates and/or inhibits) a HBV infection can be identified (i.e. selected) by performing a first pre-selection step in order to identify a compound that binds to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7. Subsequently, in a second step, it may be evaluated whether a compound that has been identified as binding to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 inhibits propagation of HBV.
  • the present invention relates to a further screening method, wherein a compound that binds to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 (e.g. to PAPD5 and PAPD7) and inhibits propagation of HBV is identified as a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits (i.e. treats) a HBV infection.
  • the invention relates to a method for identifying a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits a HBV infection, comprising:
  • a compound that binds to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 e.g. to PAPD5, preferably to PAPD5 and PAPD7 and inhibits propagation of HBV is identified as a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits (i.e. treats) a HBV infection. It is prioritized that a compound that (i) binds to PAPD5, or that binds to both molecules, PAPD5 and PAPD7; and (ii) inhibits propagation of HBV, is identified as a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits a HBV infection. Most preferably, a compound that binds to both molecules, PAPD5 and PAPD7, and inhibits propagation of HBV, is identified as a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits a HBV infection.
  • the above described screening methods lead to the identification of a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits a HBV infection. It is prioritized that said compounds ameliorates and/or inhibits (i.e. treats) a HBV infection.
  • the herein provided screening methods are useful in the identification of a compound that treats a HBV infection.
  • PAPD5 may be the PAPD5 polypeptide or the PAPD5 mRNA. It is prioritized in context of the screening methods provided herein that PAPD5 is the PAPD5 polypeptide.
  • One aspect of the present invention relates to the herein provided screening methods, wherein the PAPD5 polypeptide is a polypeptide comprising or consisting of
  • Examples for enzymatically active fragments of SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2 are the nucleotidyltransferase domain at positions 145-256 of SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2, or the Cid1 poly A polymerase at positions 308-368 of SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2.
  • Another aspect of the present invention relates to the herein provided screening methods, wherein the cells expressing PAPD5 contain PAPD5 mRNA, a polynucleotide comprising or consisting of
  • nucleotide sequence encoding an amino acid sequence having at least 80%, preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 95%, even more preferably at least 98%, and even more preferably at least 99% identity to SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2, wherein the polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide that has poly-A polymerase function;
  • nucleotide sequence encoding an amino acid sequence having at least 80%, preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 95%, even more preferably at least 98%, and even more preferably at least 99% identity to an amino acid sequence of an enzymatically active fragment of SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2, wherein the polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide that has poly-A polymerase function;
  • nucleotide sequence having at least 80%, preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 95%, even more preferably at least 98%, and even more preferably at least 99% identity to SEQ ID NO: 4 or 5, wherein the polypeptide expressed from the sequence has poly-A polymerase function; or
  • the PAPD5 mRNA may be a polynucleotide comprising or consisting of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 4 or 5.
  • the PAPD5 mRNA may also be a polynucleotide comprising or consisting of a nucleotide sequence having at least 80%, preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 95%, even more preferably at least 98%, and even more preferably at least 99% identity to SEQ ID NO: 4 or 5, wherein the polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide that has poly-A polymerase function.
  • PAPD7 may be the PAPD7 polypeptide or the PAPD7 mRNA. It is prioritized in context of the screening methods provided herein that PAPD7 is the PAPD7 polypeptide.
  • One aspect of the present invention relates to the herein provided screening methods, wherein the PAPD7 polypeptide is a polypeptide comprising or consisting of
  • Another aspect of the present invention relates to the herein provided screening methods, wherein the cells expressing PAPD7 contain PAPD7 mRNA, a polynucleotide comprising or consisting of
  • nucleotide sequence encoding an amino acid sequence having at least 80%, preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 95%, even more preferably at least 98%, and even more preferably at least 99% identity to SEQ ID NO: 3, wherein the polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide that has poly-A polymerase function;
  • nucleotide sequence encoding an enzymatically active fragment of SEQ ID NO: 3 (iii) the nucleotide sequence encoding an enzymatically active fragment of SEQ ID NO: 3; or (iv) a nucleotide sequence encoding an amino acid sequence having at least 80%, preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 95%, even more preferably at least 98%, and even more preferably at least 99% identity to an amino acid sequence of an enzymatically active fragment of SEQ ID NO: 3, wherein the polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide that has poly-A polymerase function; or
  • nucleotide sequence having at least 80%, preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 95%, even more preferably at least 98%, and even more preferably at least 99% identity to SEQ ID NO: 6, wherein the polypeptide expressed from the sequence has poly-A polymerase function; or
  • the PAPD7 mRNA may be a polynucleotide comprising or consisting of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6.
  • the PAPD7 mRNA may also be a polynucleotide comprising or consisting of a nucleotide sequence having at least 80%, preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 95%, even more preferably at least 98%, and even more preferably at least 99% identity to SEQ ID NO: 6, wherein the polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide that has poly-A polymerase function.
  • said cell may be a eukaryotic cell.
  • said cell may be a yeast cell or a vertebrate cell.
  • Vertebrate cells include fish, avian, reptilian, amphibian, marsupial, and mammalian cells.
  • the cell is a mammalian cell, most preferably, a human cell.
  • Mammalian cells also include feline, canine, bovine, equine, caprine, ovine, porcine murine, such as mice and rat, and rabbit cells.
  • the “cell” may endogenously express PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 or overexpress PAPD5 and/or PAPD7.
  • the cell may comprise the nucleotide sequence encoding the PAPD5 polypeptide and/or the PAPD7 polypeptide within an expression vector.
  • the cell comprise a nucleotide sequence encoding the PAPD5 polypeptide and a nucleotide sequence encoding the PAPD7 polypeptide.
  • the cell of the herein provided screening methods may be comprised in a non-human animal, e.g. a mouse, rat, rabbit or ferret.
  • a compound may be identified as a compound that binds to PAPD5 polypeptide and/or PAPD7 polypeptide if it has a particular binding affinity to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7.
  • the compound that binds to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 may have a dissociation constant (Kd) in the micromolar range; or, preferably, in the range of 100 nM to 1 pM.
  • test compound specifically binds to PAPD5 polypeptide and/or PAPD7 polypeptide, i.e. whether the test compound exclusively or predominately binds to PAPAD5 and/or PAPD7.
  • it may be measured whether the test compound specifically binds to PAPD7.
  • PAPD7 Preferably, it is measured whether the test compound specifically binds to PAPD5.
  • PAPD5 More preferably it is measured whether the test compound binds to both, PAPD5 and PAPD7.
  • binding of the test compound to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 may be measured by conducting a yeast 3 hybrid screen.
  • the Y3H system is a modified version of the yeast two-hybrid (Y2H) system adapted for the detection of drug-protein interactions. It requires coupling of the drug of interest with a ligand that can be anchored to a DNA-binding protein inside yeast cells. The interaction of the anchored drug with a target protein is then detected by linking their association to the transcriptional activation of a reporter gene; see, e.g. Johnsson, Nature Chem Bio, 2011, 7: 375-383; and Licitra, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 1996, 12; 93(23):12817-21.
  • an inactive free compound may be used for competition against the labeled test compound.
  • Binding of a test compound to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 may also be measured by using Biacore, ChemoProteomics, or Microscale Thermophoresis.
  • a compound that inhibits the propagation of HBV may be a compound that reduces the expression of viral RNA, that reduces the production of viral DNA (HBV DNA) deriving from viral RNA (HBV RNA), that reduces the production of new viral particles (HBV particles), and/or that produces production and/or secretion of HBsAg and/or HBeAg.
  • HBV DNA viral DNA
  • HBeAg new viral particles
  • one aspect of the present invention relates to the herein provided screening methods, wherein the compound that inhibits propagation of HBV inhibits secretion of HBsAg, inhibits secretion of HBeAg, and/or inhibits production of intracellular HBV mRNA or HBV DNA.
  • a compound that inhibits the propagation of HBV is a compound that inhibits secretion of HBsAg, secretion of HBeAg and production of intracellular HBV mRNA.
  • a compound that inhibits propagation of HBV may reduce the expression of viral RNA (HBV RNA), the production of viral DNA (HBV DNA) deriving from viral RNA, the production of new viral particles (HBV particles), the production and/or secretion of HBsAg and/or HBeAg by 10-100%, preferably by 20-100%, more preferably by 30-100%, even more preferably by 40-100%, even more preferable by 50-100%, even more preferably by 60-100%, even more preferably by 70-100%, even more preferably by 80-100%, and most preferably by 90-100%, when compared the untreated cells or animals or cell or animal treated with an appropriate control.
  • HBV RNA viral RNA
  • HBV DNA viral DNA
  • HBeAg new viral particles
  • the herein provided screening methods may additionally comprise the step of comparing the test compound to a control.
  • Said control may be an inactive test compound, wherein said inactive test compound is a compound that:
  • This inactive test compound has no activity against HBV, e.g. it does not lead to inhibition of secretion of HBsAg and HBeAg and to inhibition of production of intracellular HBV mRNA.
  • the inactive test compound may have an IC 50 value in the inhibition of HBsAg of more than 3
  • the inactive test compound may be the compound “DHQ compound inactive” or the compound “THP compound inactive” as defined in the appended examples.
  • the test compound as defined above in (i) may be used.
  • test compound as defined above in (ii) may be used.
  • An inactive compound can be designed from an active one, e.g., by chemical modification and/or chiral separation.
  • the activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 in the presence and absence of the test compound may be measured, e.g. by monitoring the in vitro polyadenylation of mRNA, e.g., as described in Rammelt, RNA, 2011, 17:1737-1746.
  • a ribo-oligonucleotide A 15 may be incubated with recombinant PAPD5 protein expressed in Escherichia coli in the presence of ATP(A), CTP (C), GTP(G), UTP(U), or a mixture of all four dNTPs, respectively.
  • PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 in the presence and absence of the test compound may be measured, e.g. by using (q)PCR, western blot, or MassSpec.
  • Inhibition of propagation of HBV may be measured, e.g., by measuring whether the test compound has the activity to inhibit secretion of HBsAg and/or of HBeAg, and/or to inhibit production of intracellular HBV mRNA.
  • Inhibition of secretion of HBsAg and/or HBeAg may be measured by ELISA, e.g. by using the CLIA ELISA Kit (Autobio Diagnostic) according to the manufacturers' instructions.
  • Inhibition of production of intracellular HBV mRNA may be measured by real-time PCR, e.g. as described in the appended examples.
  • Further methods for evaluating whether a test compound inhibits propagation of HBV are measuring secretion of HBV DNA by RT-qPCR e.g. as described in WO 2015/173208; Northern Blot; in-situ hybridization, or immuno-fluorescence.
  • test compound for performing the herein provided screening methods publicly or commercially available molecule libraries may be used.
  • the said test compound may be
  • cDHA Human Liver (HLV) library or the cDNA Human Placenta (PLA) library of Hybrigenics Services SAS may be used.
  • said activity of PAPD5 and PAPD7 is preferably the poly-A polymerase function (i.e. the poly-A polymerase activity).
  • the poly-A polymerase function/activity of a polypeptide may be measured, e.g. by monitoring the in vitro polyadenylation of mRNA, e.g. as described in Rammelt, RNA, 2011, 17:1737-1746. This method can also be used to measure the poly-A polymerase function of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 in the presence and absence of a test compound.
  • the appended examples demonstrate that by inhibiting PAPD5 and/or PDPD7 polypeptide, the secretion of HBsAg and HBeAg as well as production of intracellular HBV mRNA can effectively be inhibited. These data demonstrate that an inhibitor of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 can be used to prevent and/or treat a HBV infection.
  • the appended examples demonstrate a clear correlation between activity of the compound against a HBV infection and binding affinity towards PAPD5 and PAPD7.
  • selectively using an anti-HBV agent that binds to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 leads to particularly high anti-HBV efficacy.
  • the present invention shows for the first time that a compound that inhibits PAPD5, PAPD7, or particularly PAPD5 and PAPD7 has an extraordinary high activity in terms of inhibition of secretion of HBsAg and HBeAg as well as of production of intracellular HBV mRNA. Reduction of secretion of HBsAg and HBeAg inhibits development of chronic HBV infection more effectively as compared to the reduction of secretion of HBsAg alone.
  • the present invention unexpectedly demonstrates that selectively using compounds that inhibit PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 leads to an improved therapeutic success in the treatment of a HBV infection in terms of a considerably more effective reduction of HBsAg and HBeAg.
  • an aspect of the present invention is use of an inhibitor of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 in the treatment of HBV infection, in particular a chronic HBV infection.
  • the invention relates to the use of an inhibitor of a PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 in reduction of the viral antigens HBsAg and HBeAg.
  • the present invention relates to an inhibitor of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 for use in treating and/or preventing a HBV infection, wherein said inhibitor is
  • RNAi RNA interference
  • the inhibitor of the present invention may also be a PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 specific locked nucleic acid (LNA) molecule.
  • LNA locked nucleic acid
  • the inhibitor of the invention is used for treating (e.g. ameliorating) a HBV infection.
  • the inhibitor may be a molecule that specifically inhibits PAPD7.
  • the inhibitor is a molecule that specifically inhibits PAPD5. More preferably, the inhibitor inhibits both, PAPD5 and PAPD7.
  • the inhibitor of the present invention either inhibits PAPD5 or both, PAPD5 and PAPD7.
  • the inhibitor of the present invention inhibits PAPD5 and PAPD7.
  • the inhibitor of the present invention inhibits both, PAPD5 and PAPD7 and leads to a reduction of secretion of HBsAg and/or HBeAg of at least 50% as compared to the no drug control (i.e. compared to cells or subjects to which no drug has been administrated).
  • the inhibitor of the present invention may have an IC 50 value in the inhibition of HBsAg and HBeAg of below 3 ⁇ M, preferably of below 2 ⁇ M, more preferably belo 1 ⁇ M, more preferably below 0.1 ⁇ M, and most preferably below 0.01 ⁇ M.
  • Genome editing by using a site-specific DNA nuclease (such as Cas9 or Cpf1) and a guide RNA is commonly known in the art and described, e.g., in “CRISPR-Cas: A Laboratory Manual”, 2016, edited by Jennifer Doudna, ISBN 978-1-621821-31-1.
  • the genome editing machinery preferably further comprises:
  • At least one guide RNA consisting of at least one target sequence specific CRISPR RNA (crRNA) molecule and at least one trans-activating crRNA (tracrRNA) molecule;
  • At least one guide RNA which is a chimeric RNA molecule comprising at least one target sequence specific crRNA and at least one tracrRNA;
  • the site-specific DNA nuclease is a Cpf1 nuclease
  • the genome editing machinery preferably further comprises:
  • the herein provided inhibitor of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 may also be a genome editing machinery that comprises at least one pre-assembled Cas9 protein-guide RNA ribonucleoprotein complex (RNP).
  • RNP pre-assembled Cas9 protein-guide RNA ribonucleoprotein complex
  • the guide RNA is designed to target the genomic PAPD5 or PAPD7 DNA.
  • several guide RNAs are used, so that the genomic DNA of PAPD5 and of PAPD7 can be targeted.
  • Inhibition of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 may be achieved by introducing frame-shift knockout mutations into the genomic PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 DNA through non-homologous end-joining (NHEJ), or by modifying the genomic PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 DNA through homology-directed repair (HDR).
  • NHEJ non-homologous end-joining
  • HDR homology-directed repair
  • the inhibitor of the present invention may be a naturally occurring molecule, e.g. a naturally occurring antibody or a naturally occurring RNAi molecule.
  • the inhibitor of the present invention may also be a non-naturally occurring molecule.
  • the inhibitor of the invention may be an antibody having an amino acid sequence that is not identical to naturally occurring antibodies or may be an antibody comprising at least one non-naturally occurring amino acid residue such as synthetic amino acids providing similar side chain functionality.
  • aromatic amino acids may be replaced with D- or L-naphthylalanine, D- or L-phenylglycine, D- or L-2-thienylalanine, D- or L-1-, 2-, 3-, or 4-pyrenylalanine, D- or L-3-thienylalanine, D- or L-(2-pyridinyl)-alanine, D- or L-(3-pyridinyl)-alanine, D- or L-(2-pyrazinyl)-alanine, D- or L-(4-isopropyl)-phenylglycine, D-(trifluoromethyl)-phenylglycine, D-(trifluoromethyl)-phenylalanine, D-p-fluorophenylalanine, D- or L-pbiphenylalanine D- or L-p-methoxybiphenylalanine, D- or L-2-indole(alkyl)alanines
  • Non-carboxylate amino acids can be made to possess a negative charge, as provided by phosphono- or sulfated amino acids, which are to be considered as non-limiting examples.
  • Further non-natural amino acids are alkylated amino acids, made by combining an alkyl group with any natural amino acid.
  • Basic natural amino acids such as lysine and arginine may be substituted with alkyl groups at the amine (NH 2 ) functionality.
  • Yet other substitutions on non-natural amino acids include nitrile derivatives (e.g., containing a CN-moiety in place of the CONH 2 functionality) of asparagine or glutamine, and sulfoxide derivative of methionine.
  • the inhibitor of the invention may be a RNAi molecule having a nucleotide sequence that is not identical to naturally occurring RNAi molecules or may be a RNAi molecule comprising at least one non-naturally occurring nucleotides, such as a oligonucleotide thiophosphate, a substituted ribo-oligonucleotide, a LNA molecule, a PNA molecule, a GNA (glycol nucleic acid) molecule, a TNA (threose nucleic acid) molecule, a morpholino polynucleotide, or a nucleic acid with a modified backbone such as polysiloxane, 2′-O-(2-methoxy) ethyl-phosphorothioate, or a nucleic acid with a substituent, such as methyl-, thio-, sulphate, benzoyl-, phenyl-, amino-, propyl-,
  • the inhibitor of the present invention may bind to PAPD5 polypeptide and inhibit activity of PAPD5 polypeptide.
  • the inhibitor of the present invention binds to PAPD7 polypeptide and inhibits activity of PAPD7 polypeptide. It is prioritized herein that the inhibitor binds to both, PAPD5 and PAPD7 polypeptide and inhibits the activity of both, PAPD5 and PAPD7 polypeptide.
  • the inhibitor of the present invention may inhibit the expression of PAPD5 or PAPD7; or may inhibit the expression of both, PAPD5 and PAPD7.
  • the inhibitor of the present invention reduces secretion of HBsAg and HBeAg. Due to the reduction of HBsAg secretion the inhibitor of the present invention inhibits development of chronic HBV infection. In particular, due to inhibition of HBeAg secretion, the inhibitor of the present invention more efficiently inhibits development of a chronic HBV infection as compared to a compound that only reduces secretion of HBsAg.
  • reducing HBeAg in an expected mother may also inhibit the development of a chronic HBV infection of her child.
  • the inhibitor of the present invention inhibits development of a chronic HBV infection (such as development of a chronic HBV infection in the offspring of an HBV infected mother) and reduces the infectiousness of a HBV infected person.
  • one aspect of the present invention related to the herein provided inhibitor, wherein the inhibitor reduces secretion of HBsAg and HBeAg.
  • a further aspect of the invention relates to the herein provided inhibitor, wherein the inhibitor inhibits development of chronic HBV infection and reduces the infectiousness of a HBV infected person.
  • the herein provided inhibitor inhibits development of a chronic HBV infection in the offspring of a HBV infected mother. This mother is preferably HBeAg positive.
  • the subject to be treated with the inhibitor of the invention is preferably a human, more preferably a human patient who is HBsAg positive and/or HBeAg positive, even more preferably a human patient that is HBsAg positive and HBeAg positive.
  • Said human patient may be an expected mother, e.g. an expected mother who is HBeAg positive and/or HBsAg positive, more preferably an expected mother who is HBeAg positive and HBsAg positive.
  • the inhibitor of the present invention may be a small molecule.
  • the inhibitor of the invention may be the compound of formula (I) or (II):
  • R 1 is hydrogen, halogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkylamino or C 1-6 alkoxy;
  • R 2 is hydrogen; halogen; C 1-6 alkyl, which is unsubstituted or once, twice or three times substituted by fluoro; C 1-6 alkoxy, which is unsubstituted or once, twice or three times substituted by fluoro; cyano; C 3-7 cycloalkyl; hydroxy or phenyl-C x H 2x —O—;
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • C 1-6 alkyl which is unsubstituted or once, twice or three times substituted by fluoro;
  • R 7 is hydrogen; C 1-8 alkyl, which is unsubstituted or substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from fluoro, hydroxy and C 2-6 alkenyl; C 1-6 alkoxyC 1-6 alkyl; C 1-6 alkoxyC 1-6 alkoxyC 1-6 alkyl; aminoC 1-6 alkyl; C 1-6 alkylcarbonylaminoC 1-8 alkyl; C 1-6 alkylsulfonylaminoC 1-8 alkyl; C 1-6 alkylsulfanylC 1-6 alkyl; C 1-6 alkylsulfonylC 1-8 alkyl; cyanoC 1-6 alkyl; C 3-7 cycloalkylC 1-6 alkyl; cyanoC 3-7 cycloalkylC 1-6 alkyl; phenylC 1-6 alkyl; pyrrolidinylcarbonylC 1-6 alkyl; C 2-6 alkynyl
  • R 4 is hydrogen, halogen, C 1-6 alkyl, cyano or C 1-6 alkoxy
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are not hydrogen simultaneously;
  • R 5 is hydrogen or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R 6 is hydrogen; C 1-6 alkyl, which is unsubstituted or once, twice or three times substituted by fluoro; C 3-7 cycloalkyl, which is unsubstituted or once, twice or three times substituted by fluoro or C 1-6 alkyl; or phenyl-C x H 2x —;
  • x is 1-6;
  • R 1 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, haloC 1-6 alkyl, hydroxyC 1-6 alkyl, nitroC 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxycarbonylC 1-6 alkyl, carboxyC 1-6 alkyl, di(C 1-6 alkoxycarbonyl)methylenyl, cyanoC 1-6 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkylC 1-6 alkyl, phenylC 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfanylC 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkylsufonylC 1-6 alkyl, aminoC 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkylcarbonylaminoC 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkylsufonylaminoC 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxycarbonyl aminoC 1-6 alkyl, aminocarbonylC 1-6 alkyl, diC 1-6 alkylaminocarbonylC 1-6
  • R 2 is aryl or heteroaryl, said aryl or heteroaryl being unsubstituted, or substituted by one, two, three or four substituents independently selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, halogen, haloC 1-6 alkyl, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, haloC 1-6 alkoxy, —O—C x H 2x —R 3 , —O—C y H 2y —NHR 6 , —NR 9 R 19 , —SO 2 —R 11 , —SO 2 —NR 12 R 13 , carboxy, C 1-6 alkoxycarbonyl, —C( ⁇ O)—NR 12 R 13 , aryl, heteroaryl, monocyclic heterocycloalkyl and —O-monocyclic heterocycloalkyl; wherein monocyclic heterocycloalkyl is unsubstituted or substituted by C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloal
  • R 3 is hydrogen; C 3-7 cycloalkyl; haloC 3-7 cycloalkyl; hydroxy; hydroxyC 1-6 alkylC 3-7 cycloalkyl; C 1-6 alkoxy; monocyclic heterocycloalkyl; monocyclic heterocycloalkyl substituted by C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkylcarbonyl, C 1-6 alkylsufonyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl or C 1-6 alkoxycarbonyl; —C( ⁇ O)—R 4 ; C 1-6 alkylsulfinyl; —SO 2 —R 5 ; —C(NHR 7 )—C( ⁇ O)—R 8 ; carboxyC 1-6 alkoxy or aminocarbonylC 1-6 alkoxy; wherein
  • R 4 is hydroxy, C 1-6 alkoxy, amino, C 1-6 alkylamino, tetrahydrofuranylamino, pyrrolidinyl or morpholinyl;
  • R 5 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, hydroxy, amino, C 1-6 alkylamino or diC 1-6 alkylamino;
  • R 7 is hydrogen or C 1-6 alkoxycarbonyl
  • R 8 is hydroxy or C 1-6 alkoxy
  • R 6 is hydrogen, C 1-6 alkylcarbonyl, haloC 1-6 alkylcarbonyl, C 1-6 alkoxycarbonyl,
  • R 9 and R 19 are independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 1-6 alkylcarbonyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C 3-7 cycloalkylcarbonyl and C 3-7 cycloalkylsulfonyl; or
  • R 9 and R 19 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form monocyclic heterocycloalkyl
  • R 11 is C 1-6 alkyl, haloC 1-6 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, haloC 3-7 cycloalkyl, hydroxyC 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxyC 1-6 alkyl, haloC 1-6 alkoxyC 1-6 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkylC 1-6 alkyl, aminoC 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkylaminoC 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkylcarbonylaminoC 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonylaminoC 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxycarbonylaminoC 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfenylC 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfanylC 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 alkylsulfonylC 1-6 alkyl;
  • R 12 and R 13 are independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxyC 1-6 alkyl, haloC 1-6 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl and haloC 3-7 cycloalkyl; or
  • R 12 and R 13 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form monocyclic heterocycloalkyl
  • x is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8;
  • y is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8;
  • U, W and Z are independently selected from CH and N;
  • one of X and Y is N, and the other one is CH or N;
  • 6-methyl-2-oxo-9-pyrrolidin-1-yl-6,7-dihydrobenzo[a]quinolizine-3-carboxylic acid, 9-fluoro-6-methyl-2-oxo-6,7-dihydrobenzo[a]quinolizine-3-carboxylic acid, and 9,10-difluoro-6-methyl-2-oxo-6,7-dihydrobenzo[a]quinolizine-3-carboxylic acid are excluded from the compound of formula (I).
  • the compounds of formulae (I) and (II) are excluded from the inhibitor of the present invention.
  • one embodiment of the present invention relates to the inhibitor of the present invention, wherein said inhibitor is not a compound according to formula (I) or (II).
  • the appended examples demonstrate that the anti-HBV agents DHQ (i.e. a compound of formula (III)) and THP (i.e. a compound of formula (IV)) effectively bind to PAPD5 and PAPD7.
  • DHQ i.e. a compound of formula (III)
  • THP i.e. a compound of formula (IV)
  • the inhibitor of the invention is the compound of formula (III) or (IV):
  • the inhibitor of the invention is the compound of formula (V) or (VI):
  • the inhibitor of the invention may be the compound according to formula (I), wherein the inhibitor is any one of the compounds as defined in items (1)-(19), below:
  • R 1 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, bromo, methyl, methylamino, methoxy or ethoxy;
  • R 2 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, bromo, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, trifluoromethoxy, cyano, cyclopropyl, hydroxy or phenylmethyl-O—;
  • R 3 is hydrogen, bromo, methyl, propyl, trifluoromethyl, cyano, phenylmethyl-N(methyl)-, tert-butoxycarbonylpiperazinyl, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, difluoromethylmethyl-O—, difluoromethylethyl-O—, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethylmethyl-O—, trifluoromethylethyl-O—, ethyldifluoromethyl-O—, vinyldifluoromethyl-O—, propargyl-O—, hydroxymethylpropargyl-O—, methoxyethyl-O—, methoxypropyl-O—, methoxybutyl-O—, ethoxyethyl-O—, methoxyethyl-O-ethyl-O—, aminoethyl-O—, aminopentyl
  • R 4 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, bromo, methyl or cyano
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are not hydrogen simultaneously;
  • R 5 is hydrogen or methyl
  • R 6 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethylmethyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, methylcyclopropyl or phenylmethyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or an enantiomer, or a diastereomer thereof.
  • R 1 is hydrogen, halogen, C 1-6 alkylamino or C 1-6 alkoxy
  • R 2 is hydrogen, halogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, hydroxy or phenyl-C x H 2x —O—;
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • R 7 is hydrogen; C 1-6 alkyl, which is unsubstituted or substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from fluoro, hydroxy and C 2-6 alkenyl; C 1-6 alkoxyC 1-6 alkyl; C 1-6 alkoxyC 1-6 alkoxyC 1-6 alkyl; aminoC 1-8 alkyl; C 1-6 alkylcarbonylaminoC 1-8 alkyl; C 1-6 alkylsulfonylaminoC 1-8 alkyl; C 1-6 alkylsulfanylC 1-6 alkyl; C 1-6 alkylsulfonylC 1-6 alkyl; cyanoC 1-6 alkyl; C 3-7 cycloalkylC 1-6 alkyl; cyanoC 3-7 cycloalkylC 1-6 alkyl; phenylC 1-6 alkyl; pyrrolidinylcarbonylC 1-6 alkyl; C 2-6 alkynyl
  • R 4 is hydrogen, halogen, C 1-6 alkyl or cyano
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are not hydrogen simultaneously;
  • R 5 is hydrogen or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R 6 is hydrogen; C 1-6 alkyl, which is unsubstituted or once, twice or three times substituted by fluoro; C 3-7 cycloalkyl; C 1-6 alkylC 3-7 cycloalkyl; or phenyl-C x H 2x —;
  • x is 1-6;
  • R 1 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, bromo, methylamino, methoxy or ethoxy;
  • R 2 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, cyclopropyl, hydroxy or phenylmethyl-O—;
  • R 3 is hydrogen, bromo, methyl, propyl, cyano, phenylmethyl-N(methyl)-, tert-butoxycarbonylpiperazinyl, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, difluoromethylmethyl-O—, difluoromethylethyl-O—, trifluoromethylmethyl-O—, ethyldifluoromethyl-O—, vinyldifluoromethyl-O—, propargyl-O—, hydroxymethylpropargyl-O—, methoxyethyl-O—, methoxypropyl-O—, methoxybutyl-O—, ethoxyethyl-O—, methoxyethyl-O-ethyl-O—, aminoethyl-O—, aminopentyl-O—, aminohexyl-O—, aminooctyl-O—, tert
  • R 4 is hydrogen, chloro, bromo, methyl or cyano
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 and R 4 are not hydrogen simultaneously;
  • R 5 is hydrogen or methyl
  • R 6 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethylmethyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, methylcyclopropyl or phenylmethyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or enantiomer, or a diastereomer thereof.
  • R 1 is hydrogen, halogen or C 1-6 alkoxy
  • R 2 is hydrogen, halogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, hydroxy or phenyl-C x H 2x —O—;
  • R 4 is hydrogen or halogen
  • R 5 is hydrogen or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R 5 is hydrogen; C 1-6 alkyl, which is unsubstituted or once, twice or three times substituted by fluoro; C 3-7 cycloalkyl; C 1-6 alkylC 3-7 cycloalkyl; or phenyl-C x H 2x —;
  • R 7 is hydrogen; C 1-6 alkyl, which is unsubstituted or substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from fluoro, hydroxy and ethenyl; C 1-6 alkoxyC 1-6 alkyl; C 1-6 alkoxyC 1-6 alkoxyC 1-6 alkyl; aminoC 1-6 alkyl; C 1-6 alkylcarbonylaminoC 1-6 alkyl; C 1-6 alkylsulfonylaminoC 1-6 alkyl; C 1-6 alkylsulfanylC 1-6 alkyl; C 1-6 alkylsulfonylC 1-6 alkyl; cyanoC 1-6 alkyl; C 3-7 cycloalkylC 1-6 alkyl; cyanoC 3-7 cycloalkylC 1-6 alkyl; phenylC 1-6 alkyl; pyrrolidinylcarbonylC 1-6 alkyl; C 2-6 alkynyl; hydroxyC 1-6 alkylC
  • x is 1-6;
  • R 1 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro or methoxy
  • R 2 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, cyclopropyl, hydroxy or phenylmethyl-O—;
  • R 4 is hydrogen or chloro
  • R 5 is hydrogen or methyl
  • R 6 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethylmethyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, methylcyclopropyl or phenylmethyl;
  • R 7 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, difluoromethylmethyl, difluoromethylethyl, trifluoromethylmethyl, ethyldifluoromethyl, vinyldifluoromethyl, propargyl, hydroxymethylpropargyl, methoxyethyl, methoxypropyl, methoxybutyl, ethoxyethyl, methoxyethyl-O-ethyl, aminoethyl, aminopentyl, aminohexyl, aminooctyl, tert-butoxycarbonylaminopentyl, tert-butoxycarbonylaminohexyl, tert-butoxycarbonylaminooctyl, methylcarbonylaminoethyl, methylcarbonylaminopentyl, methylsulfonylaminoethyl, methylsulfon
  • R 1 is hydrogen or halogen
  • R 2 is C 1-6 alkyl, halogen or C 3-7 cycloalkyl
  • R 4 is hydrogen
  • R 5 is hydrogen or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R 6 is C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 alkylC 3-7 cycloalkyl
  • R 7 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxyC 1-6 alkyl; or phenylC 1-6 alkyl;
  • R 1 is hydrogen, fluoro or chloro
  • R 2 is methyl, ethyl, fluoro, chloro or cyclopropyl
  • R 4 is hydrogen
  • R 5 is hydrogen or methyl
  • R 6 is methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl or methylcyclopropyl;
  • R 7 is methyl, ethyl, methoxyethyl, methoxypropyl or phenylmethyl;
  • R 1 is hydrogen
  • R 2 is C 1-6 alkoxy
  • R 4 is hydrogen or halogen
  • R 5 is hydrogen or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R 6 is hydrogen; C 1-6 alkyl, which is unsubstituted or once, twice or three times substituted by fluoro; C 3-7 cycloalkyl; C 1-6 alkylC 3-7 cycloalkyl; or phenyl-C x H 2x —;
  • R 7 is hydrogen; C 1-6 alkyl, which is unsubstituted or substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from fluoro, hydroxy and C 2-6 alkenyl; C 1-6 alkoxyC 1-6 alkyl; C 1-6 alkoxyC 1-6 alkoxyC 1-6 alkyl; aminoC 1-6 alkyl; C 1-6 alkylcarbonylaminoC 1-8 alkyl; C 1-6 alkylsulfonylaminoC 1-8 alkyl; C 1-6 alkylsulfanylC 1-6 alkyl; C 1-6 alkylsulfonylC 1-6 alkyl; cyanoC 1-6 alkyl; cyanoC 3-7 cycloalkylC 1-6 alkyl; C 3-7 cycloalkylC 1-6 alkyl; phenylC 1-6 alkyl; pyrrolidinylcarbonylC 1-6 alkyl; C 2-6 alkynyl; hydroxyC 1-6 alkyl
  • x is 1-6;
  • R 1 is hydrogen
  • R 2 is methoxy, ethoxy or propoxy
  • R 4 is hydrogen or chloro
  • R 5 is hydrogen or methyl
  • R 6 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethylmethyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, methylcyclopropyl or phenylmethyl;
  • R 7 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, difluoromethylmethyl, difluoromethylethyl, trifluoromethylmethyl, ethyldifluoromethyl, vinyldifluoromethyl, propargyl, hydroxymethylpropargyl, methoxyethyl, methoxypropyl, methoxybutyl, ethoxyethyl, methoxyethyl-O-ethyl, aminoethyl, aminopentyl, aminohexyl, aminooctyl, tert-butoxycarbonylaminopentyl, tert-butoxycarbonylaminohexyl, tert-butoxycarbonylaminooctyl, methylcarbonylaminoethyl, methylcarbonylaminopentyl, methylsulfonylaminoethyl, methylsulfon
  • R 1 is hydrogen or halogen
  • R 2 is halogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy or C 3-7 cycloalkyl
  • R 4 is hydrogen
  • R 5 is hydrogen or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R 6 is C 1-6 alkyl, which is unsubstituted or once, twice or three times substituted by fluoro;
  • R 7 is C 1-6 alkyl, which is unsubstituted or substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from fluoro and hydroxy; C 1-6 alkoxyC 1-6 alkyl; aminoC 1-8 alkyl; C 1-6 alkylcarbonylaminoC 1-8 alkyl; C 1-6 alkylsulfonylaminoC 1-8 alkyl; C 1-6 alkylsulfanylC 1-6 alkyl; C 1-6 alkylsulfonylC 1-6 alkyl; C 3-7 cycloalkylC 1-6 alkyl; phenylC 1-6 alkyl; C 1-6 alkylaminoC 1-6 alkoxyC 1-6 alkyl; C 1-6 alkoxycarbonylaminoC 1-8 alkyl; morpholinylC 1-6 alkyl or tetrahydropyranylC 1-6 alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or enantiomer, or a diastereomer thereof.
  • R 1 is hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro
  • R 2 is fluoro, chloro, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy or cyclopropyl
  • R 4 is hydrogen
  • R 5 is hydrogen or methyl
  • R 6 is methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, trifluoromethylmethyl, cyclobutyl or methylcyclopropyl;
  • R 7 is methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isobutyl, cyclopropylmethyl, difluoromethylmethyl, difluoroethylmethyl, difluoromethylethyl, trifluoromethylmethyl, ethyldifluoromethyl, methoxyethyl, methoxypropyl, ethoxyethyl, aminohexyl, aminooctyl, tert-butoxycarbonylaminopentyl, tert-butoxycarbonylaminooctyl, methylcarbonylaminopentyl, methylsulfonylaminopentyl, methylsulfonylpropyl, methylsulfanylpropyl, hydroxypropyl, hydroxy-dimethylpropyl, hydroxy-difluoropropyl, hydroxybutyl, hydroxypentyl, hydroxyhexyl, ethylamino-e
  • inhibitor of the invention may also be the compound according to formula (II), wherein the inhibitor is any one of the compounds as defined in items (1)-(20), below:
  • R 1 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, hydroxyC 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxycarbonylC 1-6 alkyl or carboxyC 1-6 alkyl;
  • R 2 is phenyl substituted by one, two, three or four groups independently selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, halogen, haloC 1-6 alkyl, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, haloC 1-6 alkoxy, tetrahydrofuranyloxy, —O—C x H 2x —R 3 , —O—C y H 2y —NHR 6 , —SO 2 —R 11 .
  • R 3 is hydrogen, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, haloC 3-7 cycloalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyC 1-6 alkylC 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, thietanyl, 1,1-dioxothietanyl, 1,1-dioxothiolanyl, morpholinyl, oxopyrrolidinyl, oxomorpholinyl, oxopiperazinyl, C 1-6 alkoxycarbonyloxopiperazinyl, oxoimidazolidinyl, C 1-6 alkylpiperazinyl, C 1-6 alkylcarbonylpiperazinyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonylpiperazinyl, C 1-6 alkoxycarbonylpiperazinyl, azetidinyl, C
  • R 4 is hydroxy, C 1-6 alkoxy, amino, C 1-6 alkylamino, diC 1-6 alkylamino, tetrahydrofuranylamino, pyrrolidinyl or morpholinyl;
  • R 5 is C 1-6 alkyl, hydroxy or amino
  • R 7 is hydrogen or C 1-6 alkoxycarbonyl
  • R 8 is hydroxy or C 1-6 alkoxy
  • R 6 is hydrogen, C 1-6 alkylcarbonyl, haloC 1-6 alkylcarbonyl, C 1-6 alkoxycarbonyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonyl, C 3-7 cycloalkylsulfonyl or C 1-6 alkoxyC 1-6 alkylsulfonyl;
  • R 9 and R 10 are independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl and C 1-6 alkylsulfonyl; or
  • R 9 and R 10 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl and oxopiperazinyl;
  • R 11 is C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 alkoxyC 1-6 alkyl
  • R 12 and R 13 are independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl and C 1-6 alkoxyC 1-6 alkyl;
  • x is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8;
  • y is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8;
  • W is CH
  • Z is CH or N
  • X is N
  • Y is N
  • R 1 is C 1-6 alkyl
  • R 2 is phenyl substituted by one, two, three or four groups independently selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, halogen, haloC 1-6 alkyl, cyano, hydroxy, haloC 1-6 alkoxy, tetrahydrofuranyloxy, —O—C x H 2x —R 3 , —O—C v H 2y —NHR 6 , —SO 2 —NR 12 R 13 , carboxy, C 1-6 alkoxycarbonyl and —C( ⁇ O)—NR 12 R 13 ; pyridinyl substituted by one, two or three groups independently selected from halogen, C 1-6 alkyl, haloC 1-6 alkoxy, tetrahydropyranyloxy, —O—C x H 2x —R 3 and NR 9 R 10 ; or pyrimidinyl substituted by C 1-6 alkyl and diC 1-6 alkylamino; wherein
  • R 3 is hydrogen, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, haloC 3-7 cycloalkyl, hydroxyC 1-6 alkylC 3-7 cycloalkyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, thietanyl, 1,1-dioxothietanyl, 1,1-dioxothiolanyl, oxopyrrolidinyl, oxomorpholinyl, oxopiperazinyl, C 1-6 alkoxycarbonyloxopiperazinyl, oxoimidazolidinyl, C 1-6 alkylpiperazinyl, C 1-6 alkylcarbonylpiperazinyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonylpiperazinyl, C 1-6 alkoxycarbonylpiperazinyl, azetidinyl, C 1-6 alkylcarbonylazetidinyl.
  • R 4 is hydroxy, C 1-6 alkoxy, amino, C 1-6 alkylamino, tetrahydrofuranylamino, or morpholinyl;
  • R 5 is C 1-6 alkyl, hydroxy or amino
  • R 7 is hydrogen or C 1-6 alkoxycarbonyl
  • R 8 is hydroxy or C 1-6 alkoxy
  • R 6 is hydrogen, C 1-6 alkylcarbonyl, haloC 1-6 alkylcarbonyl, C 1-6 alkoxycarbonyl,
  • R 9 and R 13 are independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl and C 1-6 alkylsulfonyl; or
  • R 9 and R 10 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl and oxopiperazinyl;
  • R 11 is C 1-6 alkoxyC 1-6 alkyl
  • R 12 and R 13 are independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl and C 1-6 alkoxyC 1-6 alkyl;
  • x is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8;
  • y is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8;
  • W is CH
  • X is N
  • Y is N
  • R 1 is C 1-6 alkyl
  • R 2 is phenyl substituted by one, two, three or four groups independently selected from C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, halogen, haloC 1-6 alkyl, cyano, hydroxy, haloC 1-6 alkoxy, tetrahydrofuranyloxy, —O—C x H 2x —R 3 , —O—C v H 2y —NHR 6 , —SO 2 —R 11 , —SO 2 —NR 12 R 13 , carboxy, C 1-6 alkoxycarbonyl and —C( ⁇ O)—NR 12 R 12 ;
  • R 3 is hydrogen, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, haloC 3-7 cycloalkyl, hydroxyC 1-6 alkylC 3-7 cycloalkyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, thietanyl, 1,1-dioxothietanyl, 1,1-dioxothiolanyl, oxopyrrolidinyl, oxomorpholinyl, oxopiperazinyl, C 1-6 alkoxycarbonyloxopiperazinyl, oxoimidazolidinyl, C 1-6 alkylpiperazinyl, C 1-6 alkylcarbonylpiperazinyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonylpiperazinyl, C 1-6 alkoxycarbonylpiperazinyl, azetidinyl, C 1-6 alkylcarbonylazetidinyl, C
  • R 4 is hydroxy, C 1-6 alkoxy, amino, C 1-6 alkylamino, tetrahydrofuranylamino, or morpholinyl;
  • R 5 is C 1-6 alkyl, hydroxy or amino
  • R 7 is hydrogen or C 1-6 alkoxycarbonyl
  • R 8 is hydroxy or C 1-6 alkoxy
  • R 6 is hydrogen, C 1-6 alkylcarbonyl, haloC 1-6 alkylcarbonyl, C 1-6 alkoxycarbonyl, C 3-7 cycloalkylsulfonyl or C 1-6 alkoxyC 1-6 alkylsulfonyl;
  • R 11 is C 1-6 alkoxyC 1-6 alkyl
  • R 12 and R 13 are independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl and C 1-6 alkoxyC 1-6 alkyl;
  • x is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
  • y is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8;
  • W is CH
  • X is N
  • Y is N
  • R 1 is methyl
  • R 2 is phenyl substituted by one, two, three or four groups independently selected from methyl, cyclopropyl, fluoro, chloro, iodo, trifluoromethyl, cyano, hydroxy, methoxy, difluoroethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoroethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, cyclopropylmethoxy, difluorocyclopropylmethoxy, hydroxymethylcyclopropylmethoxy, oxetanylethoxy, oxetanylmethoxy, tetrahydrofuranylethoxy, tetrahydrofuranylmethoxy, tetrahydropyranylmethoxy, thietanylmethoxy, (1,1-dioxothietanyl)methoxy, (1,1-dioxothiolanyl)methoxy, oxopyrrolidinyipropoxy, oxomorpholinyi
  • W is CH
  • X is N
  • Y is N
  • R 1 is C 1-6 alkyl
  • R 2 is phenyl substituted by two or three groups independently selected from halogen, cyano, haloC 1-6 alkoxy, —O—C x H 2x —R 3 and —O—C y H 2y —NHR 6 ;
  • R 3 is hydrogen, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, haloC 3-7 cycloalkyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonylazetidinyl, aminocarbonyl or C 1-6 alkylsulfonyl;
  • R 6 is hydrogen or C 1-6 alkoxycarbonyl
  • x is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
  • y is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
  • W is CH
  • X is N
  • Y is N
  • R 1 is methyl
  • R 2 is phenyl substituted by two or three groups independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, methoxy, difluoroethoxy, trifluoroethoxy, cyclopropylmethoxy, difluorocyclopropylmethoxy, methylsulfonylpropoxy, aminocarbonylmethoxy, oxetanylmethoxy, oxetanylethoxy, tetrahydrofuranylmethoxy, tetrahydropyranylmethoxy, methylsulfonylazetidinylethoxy, aminohexyloxy and (tert-butoxycarbonylamino)propoxy;
  • W is CH
  • X is N
  • Y is N
  • R 1 is C 1-6 alkyl
  • R 2 is pyridinyl substituted by one, two or three groups independently selected from halogen,
  • R 3 is hydrogen, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, thietanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, oxomorpholinyl, 1,1-dioxo-thietanyl, C 1-6 alkylcarbonylazetidinyl, C 1-6 alkylsulfonylazetidinyl, —C( ⁇ O)—R 4 , carboxyC 1-6 alkoxy or aminocarbonylC 1-6 alkoxy; wherein
  • R 4 is hydroxy, C 1-6 alkoxy or amino
  • R 9 and R 19 are independently selected from hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl and C 1-6 alkylsulfonyl; or
  • R 9 and R 10 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl and oxopiperazinyl;
  • x is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8;
  • W is CH
  • X is N
  • Y is N
  • R 1 is methyl
  • R 2 is pyridinyl substituted by one, two or three groups independently selected from fluoro, chloro, iodo, methoxy, methyl, difluoroethoxy, tetrahydropyranyloxy, cyclopropylmethoxy, thietanylmethoxy, tetrahydrofuranylmethoxy, tetrahydropyranylmethoxy, oxomorpholinylpropoxy, (1,1-dioxo-thietanyl)methoxy, acetylazetidinylmethoxy, methylsulfonylazetidinylmethoxy, carboxybutoxy, carboxyheptyloxy, carboxyhexyloxy, carboxypentyloxy, carboxypropoxy, methoxycarbonylheptyloxy, aminocarbonylbutoxy, aminocarbonylheptyloxy, am inocarbonylhexyloxy, aminocarbonylmethoxy, amino
  • W is CH
  • X is N
  • Y is N
  • R 1 is C 1-6 alkyl
  • R 2 is pyridinyl substituted by two or three groups independently selected from halogen, haloC 1-6 alkoxy, —O—C x H 2x —R 3 and NR 9 R 15 ;
  • R 3 is hydrogen, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, oxomorpholinyl or aminocarbonyl;
  • R 9 and R 19 are independently selected from hydrogen and C 1-6 alkyl; or
  • R 9 and R 15 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form pyrrolidinyl and oxopiperazinyl;
  • x is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
  • W is CH
  • X is N
  • Y is N
  • R 1 is methyl
  • R 2 is pyridinyl substituted by two or three groups independently selected from fluoro, chloro, methoxy, difluoroethoxy, tetrahydrofuranylmethoxy, tetrahydropyranylmethoxy, oxomorpholinylpropoxy, aminocarbonylhexyloxy, methylamino, dimethylamino, pyrrolidinyl and oxopiperazinyl;
  • W is CH
  • X is N
  • Y is N
  • R 1 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, hydroxyC 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxycarbonylC 1-6 alkyl, or carboxyC 1-6 alkyl;
  • R 2 is phenyl substituted by one, two or three groups independently selected from halogen, nitro, C 1-6 alkylsulfonyl, —O—C x H 2x —R 3 and —O—C y H 2y —NHR 6 ; or pyridinyl substituted by two groups independently selected from halogen, haloC 1-6 alkoxy, —O—C x H 2x —R 3 and NR 9 R 18 ; wherein
  • R 3 is hydrogen, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, hydroxy, C 1-6 alkoxy, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, morpholinyl, —C( ⁇ O)—R 4 , —SO 2 —R 5 or aminocarbonylC 1-6 alkoxy; wherein
  • R 4 is hydroxy, C 1-6 alkoxy, amino, diC 1-6 alkylamino or pyrrolidinyl
  • R 5 is C 1-6 alkyl
  • R 6 is hydrogen or C 1-6 alkylsulfonyl
  • R 9 and R 10 are C 1-6 alkyl
  • R 9 and R 10 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl and oxopiperazinyl;
  • x is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
  • y is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
  • W is CH
  • X is N
  • Y is N
  • the inhibitor of the present invention may also be a RNAi molecule against
  • RNAi molecule may be a siRNA or a shRNA.
  • the inhibitor of the present invention may be a siRNA that is directed against PAPD5, wherein said siRNA is any one of the following siRNAs:
  • PAPD5 siRNA Pool (L-010011-00-0010; ON-TARGETplus Human PAPD5):
  • siRNA 1 J-010011-05 Target Sequence CAUCAAUGCUUUAUAUCGA (SEQ ID NO: 10)
  • siRNA 2 J-010011-06 Target Sequence GGACGACACUUCAAUUAUU (SEQ ID NO: 11)
  • siRNA 3 J-010011-07 Target Sequence GAUAAAGGAUGGUGGUUCA (SEQ ID NO: 12)
  • siRNA 4 J-010011-08 Target Sequence GAAUAGACCUGAGCCUUCA (SEQ ID NO: 13)
  • the inhibitor of the present invention may also be a siRNA that is directed against PAPD7, wherein said siRNA is any one of the following siRNAs:
  • PAPD7 siRNA Pool (L-009807-00-0005; ON-TARGETplus Human PAPD7):
  • siRNA-1-J-009807-05-Target Sequence (SEQ ID NO: 14) GGAGUGACGUUGAUUCAGA siRNA-2-J-009807-06-Target Sequence: (SEQ ID NO: 15) CGGAGUUCAUCAAGAAUUA siRNA-3-J-009807-07-Target Sequence: (SEQ ID NO: 16) CGGAGUUCAUCAAGAAUUA siRNA-4-J-009807-08-Target Sequence: (SEQ ID NO: 17) GCGAAUAGCCACAUGCAAU
  • target sequences of suitable siRNAs are shown.
  • the sequences of the corresponding siRNAs are directly complementary to these target sequences.
  • siRNA(s) directed against PAPD5 is combined with (a) siRNA(s) directed against PAPD7, in order to inhibit expression of both, PAPD5 and PAPD7.
  • SIDs are the amino acid sequences that are shared by all prey fragments matching the same reference protein. Therefore, the SIDs correspond to the amino acid regions where the anti-HBV agents DHQ and THP bind to PAPD5 and PAPD7. Accordingly, binding to these regions leads to an inhibition of the activity of PAPD5 and PAPD7, which results in inhibition of propagation of HBV.
  • the inhibitor of the invention may be an antibody that specifically binds to at least one SID of PAPD5 and/or of PAPD7. Accordingly, the inhibitor of the invention may be an antibody that specifically binds to the amino acid stretch of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 7-9. The inhibitor of the invention may also be an antibody that specifically binds to more than one of the amino acid stretches of SEQ ID NOs: 7-9.
  • one embodiment of the present invention relates to a combined preparation comprising an inhibitor of PAPD5 and an inhibitor of PAPD7 for use in the treatment and/or prevention of a HBV infection.
  • the present invention relates to a combined preparation comprising an inhibitor of PAPD5 and an inhibitor of PAPD7 for simultaneous or sequential use in the treatment and/or prevention of a HBV infection. It is envisaged in context of the invention that said combined preparation is used for treating (e.g. ameliorating) a HBV infection.
  • the definitions disclosed herein in connection with the inhibitor of the present invention apply, mutatis mutandis, to the combined preparation of the present invention.
  • the combined preparation may comprise a molecule that is a PAPD5 inhibitor and a separate molecule that is a PAPD7 inhibitor (e.g. two separate siRNA molecules or two separate small molecules). These two separate inhibitors may be formulated within one unit, e.g., within one pill or vial. Alternatively, these two separate inhibitors may be formulated separately, in separate units, e.g. separate pills or vials. The two separate inhibitors may be administered together, (i.e. simultaneously) or separately (i.e. sequentially) provided that the synergistic effect of the two inhibitors is achieved. In one aspect of the invention the combined preparation leads to a reduction of secretion of HBsAg and HBeAg of at least 50% as compared to the no drug control (i.e. compared to cells or subjects to which no drug is administrated).
  • the present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition for use in the treatment and/or prevention of a HBV infection, wherein the pharmaceutical composition comprises
  • the present invention relates to a method of treating and/or preventing a HBV infection, wherein the method comprises administering an effective amount of the inhibitor of the invention, the pharmaceutical composition of the invention, or of the combined preparation of the invention to a subject in need of such a treatment.
  • the inhibitor of the invention, the combined preparation of the invention, or the pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be used in a combination therapy.
  • the inhibitor of the invention, the combined preparation of the invention, or the pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be combined with other anti-HBV agents such as interferon alpha-2b, interferon alpha-2a, and interferon alphacon-1 (pegylated and unpegylated), ribavirin, lamivudine (3TC), entecavir, tenofovir, telbivudine (LdT), adefovir, or other emerging anti-HBV agents such as a HBV RNA replication inhibitor, a HBsAg secretion inhibitor, a HBV capsid inhibitor, an antisense oligomer (e.g.
  • a siRNA e.g. described in WO 2005/014806, WO 2012/024170, WO 2012/2055362, WO 2013/003520, WO 2013/159109, WO 2017/027350 and WO2017/015175
  • a HBV therapeutic vaccine e.g. described in WO 2005/014806, WO 2012/024170, WO 2012/2055362, WO 2013/003520, WO 2013/159109, WO 2017/027350 and WO2017/015175
  • HBV therapeutic vaccine e.g. described in WO 2005/014806, WO 2012/024170, WO 2012/2055362, WO 2013/003520, WO 2013/159109, WO 2017/027350 and WO2017/015175
  • HBV prophylactic vaccine e.g. described in WO 2005/014806, WO 2012/024170, WO 2012/2055362, WO 2013/003520, WO 2013/159109, WO 2017/027350
  • the present invention relates to a method for monitoring the therapeutic success during the treatment of a HBV infection, wherein the method comprises:
  • the test subject may be a human being who receives medication for a HBV infection or has received medication for a HBV infection.
  • the medication may comprise anti-HBV agents as described above.
  • the medication may also comprise an inhibitor of PAPD5 and/or PAPD.
  • the reference data may correspond to the amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 in a sample of at least one reference subject.
  • Said sample may be blood or a liver biopsy.
  • One aspect of the invention relates to the monitoring method of the invention, wherein the at least one reference subject has a HBV infection but did not receive medication for a HBV infection; and wherein in step (c) a decreased amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 of the test subject as compared to the reference data indicates therapeutic success in the treatment of a HBV infection.
  • said decreased amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 may mean that the amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 in the sample of the test subject is 0 to 90% of the amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 in the sample of the at least one reference subject.
  • said decreased amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 may be 0 to 80%, preferably 0 to 70%, more preferably 0 to 60%, even more preferably 0 to 50%, even more preferably 0 to 40%, even more preferably 0 to 30, even more preferably 0 to 20%, and most preferably 0 to 10% of the amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 in the sample of the at least one reference subject.
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to the monitoring method of the invention, wherein the at least one reference subject has a HBV infection and has received medication for a HBV infection; and wherein in step (c) an identical or similar amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 of the test subject as compared to the reference data indicates therapeutic success in the treatment of a HBV infection.
  • a further aspect of the invention relates to the monitoring method of the invention, wherein the at least one reference subject does not have a HBV infection; and wherein in step (c) an identical or similar amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 of the test subject as compared to the reference data indicates therapeutic success in the treatment of a HBV infection.
  • An identical or similar amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 may mean that the amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 in the sample of the test subject is 90-110% of the amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 in the sample of the at least one reference subject.
  • said identical or similar amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 may be 95-105% of the amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 in the sample of the at least one reference subject.
  • a cell or a non-human animal e.g. a mouse, rat, ferret or rabbit
  • said cell or non-human animal may comprise an exogenous nucleotide sequence encoding PAPD5 and/or PAPD7, e.g. cloned into an expression vector and operable linked to an exogenous promoter.
  • Said cell or non-human animal may overexpress PAPD5 and/or PAPD7, preferably PAPD5 and PAPD7.
  • said cell or non-human animal may have a knock-down of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7, preferably of PAPD5 and PAPD7.
  • the present invention relates to the following items:
  • a method for identifying a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits a hepatitis B virus (HBV) infection comprising:
  • a method for identifying a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits a HBV infection comprising:
  • PAPD5 polypeptide is a polypeptide comprising or consisting of
  • nucleotide sequence encoding an amino acid sequence having at least 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2, wherein the polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide that has poly-A polymerase function;
  • nucleotide sequence encoding an amino acid sequence having at least 80% identity to an amino acid sequence of an enzymatically active fragment of SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2, wherein the polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide that has poly-A polymerase function.
  • PAPD7 is the PAPD7 polypeptide or the PAPD7 mRNA.
  • PAPD7 polypeptide is a polypeptide comprising or consisting of
  • PAPD7 mRNA is a polynucleotide comprising or consisting of
  • nucleotide sequence encoding an amino acid sequence having at least 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 3, wherein the polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide that has poly-A polymerase function;
  • nucleotide sequence encoding an amino acid sequence having at least 80% identity to an amino acid sequence of an enzymatically active fragment of SEQ ID NO: 3, wherein the polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide that has poly-A polymerase function.
  • test compound is a small molecule of a screening library
  • An inhibitor of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 for use in treating and/or preventing a HBV infection wherein said inhibitor is
  • RNAi RNA interference
  • RNAi molecule such as a siRNA or a shRNA.
  • a pharmaceutical composition for use in the treatment and/or prevention of a HBV infection wherein the pharmaceutical composition comprises
  • a method for monitoring the therapeutic success during the treatment of a HBV infection comprising:
  • test subject is a human being who receives medication for a HBV infection or has received medication for a HBV infection.
  • step (c) The monitoring method of any one of items 24 to 26, wherein the at least one reference subject has a HBV infection and has received medication for a HBV infection; and wherein in step (c) an identical or similar amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 of the test subject as compared to the reference data indicates therapeutic success in the treatment of a HBV infection.
  • step (c) The monitoring method of any one of items 24 to 26, wherein the at least one reference subject does not have a HBV infection; and wherein in step (c) an identical or similar amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 of the test subject as compared to the reference data indicates therapeutic success in the treatment of a HBV infection.
  • a compound of formula (I) (i.e. a dihydroquinolizinone compound according to formula (I)) may be synthesized as described in WO 2015/113990 A1.
  • a compound of formula (I) may be prepared by a method comprising the following steps:
  • step (a) and step (b) a base such as lithium hydroxide or sodium hydroxide can for example be used.
  • a compound of formula (II) (i.e. a tetrahydropyridopyrimidine compound according to formula (II)) may be synthesized as described in WO2016/177655.
  • a compound of formula (II) may be prepared by a method comprising one of the following steps:
  • R 1 , R 2 , U, W, X, Y and Z are defined as above with respect to formula (II); M is H, Mg, Zn or Na; L 1 is F, Cl or Br; and L 2 is F, Cl or Br.
  • the Lewis acid can for example be BF 3 .Et 2 O or Sc(OTf) 3 ;
  • the base can for example be K 2 CO 3 or DIEA;
  • the reaction can be carried out in the presence of a base, and the base can for example be K 2 CO 3 or DIEA.
  • the reaction can also be carried out in the absence of a base.
  • the invention relates to an inhibitor of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 for use in treating and/or preventing a HBV infection; a combined preparation comprising an inhibitor of PAPD5 and an inhibitor of PAPD7 for use in the treatment and/or prevention of a HBV infection; and a pharmaceutical composition comprising said inhibitor or said combined preparation.
  • Said pharmaceutical composition i.e. medicament
  • Said pharmaceutical composition may further comprise a therapeutically acceptable diluent or excipient.
  • a typical pharmaceutical composition is prepared by mixing a PAPD5 inhibitor and/or a PAPD7 inhibitor and a carrier or excipient.
  • Suitable carriers and excipients are well known to those skilled in the art and are described in detail in, e.g., Ansel, Ansel's Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, Philadelphia: Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins, 2004; Gennaro, Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, Philadelphia: Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins, 2000; and Rowe, Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients, Chicago, Pharmaceutical Press, 2005.
  • the formulations may also include one or more buffers, stabilizing agents, surfactants, wetting agents, lubricating agents, emulsifiers, suspending agents, preservatives, antioxidants, opaquing agents, glidants, processing aids, colorants, sweeteners, perfuming agents, flavoring agents, diluents and other known additives to improve appearance of the drug or aid in the manufacturing of the pharmaceutical product (i.e., medicament).
  • buffers stabilizing agents, surfactants, wetting agents, lubricating agents, emulsifiers, suspending agents, preservatives, antioxidants, opaquing agents, glidants, processing aids, colorants, sweeteners, perfuming agents, flavoring agents, diluents and other known additives to improve appearance of the drug or aid in the manufacturing of the pharmaceutical product (i.e., medicament).
  • the pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be formulated by mixing an inhibitor of PAPD5 and/or an inhibitor of PAPD7 at ambient temperature at an appropriate pH, and with the desired degree of purity, with physiologically acceptable carriers, i.e., carriers that are non-toxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed into a suitable administration form.
  • physiologically acceptable carriers i.e., carriers that are non-toxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed into a suitable administration form.
  • the pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be sterile.
  • the compounds according to the present invention may exist in the form of their pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salt refers to conventional acid-addition salts or base-addition salts that retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the compounds of the present invention and are formed from suitable non-toxic organic or inorganic acids or organic or inorganic bases.
  • Acid-addition salts include for example those derived from inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, sulfuric acid, sulfamic acid, phosphoric acid and nitric acid, and those derived from organic acids such as p-toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid, methanesulfonic acid, oxalic acid, succinic acid, citric acid, malic acid, lactic acid, fumaric acid, and the like.
  • Base-addition salts include those derived from ammonium, potassium, sodium and, quaternary ammonium hydroxides, such as for example, tetramethyl ammonium hydroxide.
  • the chemical modification of a pharmaceutical compound into a salt is a technique well known to pharmaceutical chemists in order to obtain improved physical and chemical stability, hygroscopicity, flowability and solubility of compounds. It is for example described in Bastin, Organic Process Research & Development 2000, 4, 427-435 or in Ansel, In: Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, 6th ed. (1995), pp. 196 and 1456-1457.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compounds provided herein may be a sodium salt.
  • Compounds contain one or several chiral centers can either be present as racemates, diastereomeric mixtures, or optically active single isomers.
  • the racemates can be separated according to known methods into the enantiomers.
  • diastereomeric salts which can be separated by crystallization are formed from the racemic mixtures by reaction with an optically active acid such as e.g. D- or L-tartaric acid, mandelic acid, malic acid, lactic acid or camphorsulfonic acid.
  • an optically active acid such as e.g. D- or L-tartaric acid, mandelic acid, malic acid, lactic acid or camphorsulfonic acid.
  • an “effective amount” means the amount of a compound that will elicit the biological or medical response of a subject that is being sought by a medical doctor or other clinician.
  • the “effective amount” of the inhibitor of the invention, the combined preparation of the invention, or the pharmaceutical composition of the invention will be governed by such considerations, and is the minimum amount necessary to inhibit HBsAg and/or HBeAg. For example, such amount may be below the amount that is toxic to the cells of the recipient, or to the mammal as a whole.
  • the pharmaceutically effective amount administered parenterally per dose may be in the range of about 0.01 to 100 mg/kg, alternatively about 0.01 to 100 mg/kg of patient body weight per day, with the typical initial range of compound used being 0.3 to 15 mg/kg/day.
  • oral unit dosage forms such as tablets and capsules, preferably contain from about 0.1 to about 1000 mg.
  • the inhibitor of the invention, the combined preparation of the invention, or the pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be administered by any suitable means, including oral, topical (including buccal and sublingual), rectal, vaginal, transdermal, parenteral, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intrapulmonary, intradermal, intrathecal and epidural and intranasal, and, if desired for local treatment, intralesional administration.
  • Parenteral infusions include intramuscular, intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, or subcutaneous administration.
  • the inhibitor of the invention, the combined preparation of the invention, or the pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be administered in any convenient administrative form, e.g., tablets, powders, capsules, solutions, dispersions, suspensions, syrups, sprays, suppositories, gels, emulsions, patches, etc.
  • Such compositions may contain components conventional in pharmaceutical preparations, e.g., diluents, carriers, pH modifiers, sweeteners, bulking agents, and further active agents.
  • the inhibitor of the invention, the combined preparation of the invention, or the pharmaceutical composition of the invention are useful in the prevention and/or treatment of an HBV invention. They preferably inhibit secretion of HBsAg and/or HBeAg, most preferably of HBsAg and HBeAg.
  • treatment covers any treatment of a disease in a subject and includes: (a) inhibiting the disease, i.e. arresting its development like the inhibition of increase of HBsAg and/or HBeAg; or (b) ameliorating (i.e. relieving) the disease, i.e. causing regression of the disease, like the repression of HBsAg and/or HBeAg production.
  • a compound that ameliorates and/or inhibits a HBV infection is a compound that treats a HBV invention.
  • treatment relates to medical intervention of an already manifested disorder, like the treatment of an already defined and manifested HBV infection.
  • prevention relates to a prophylactic treatment, i.e. to a measure or procedure the purpose of which is to prevent, rather than to cure a disease.
  • Prevention means that a desired pharmacological and/or physiological effect is obtained that is prophylactic in terms of completely or partially preventing a disease or symptom thereof.
  • preventing a HBV infection includes preventing a HBV infection from occurring in a subject, and preventing the occurrence of symptoms of a HBV infection.
  • the “subject” may be a vertebrate.
  • the term “subject” includes both humans and other animals, particularly mammals, and other organisms.
  • the herein provided means and methods are applicable to both human therapy and veterinary applications.
  • the subject may be an animal such as a mouse, rat, hamster, rabbit, guinea pig, ferret, cat, dog, chicken, sheep, bovine species, horse, camel, or primate.
  • the subject is a mammal. More preferably the subject is human.
  • hepatitis B virus infection or “HBV infection” is commonly known in the art and refers to an infectious disease that is caused by the hepatitis B virus (HBV) and affects the liver.
  • a HBV infection can be an acute or a chronic infection.
  • Some infected persons have no symptoms during the initial infection and some develop a rapid onset of sickness with vomiting, yellowish skin, tiredness, dark urine and abdominal pain (“Hepatitis B Fact sheet N o 204”. who.int. July 2014. Retrieved 4 Nov. 2014). Often these symptoms last a few weeks and can result in death. It may take 30 to 180 days for symptoms to begin.
  • HBV infection includes the acute and chronic hepatitis B infection.
  • HBV infection also includes the asymptotic stage of the initial infection, the symptomatic stages, as well as the asymptotic chronic stage of the HBV infection.
  • an enzymatically active fragment of SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2 relates to those polypeptides that comprise a stretch of contiguous amino acid residues of SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2 (i.e. of PAPD5) and that retain a biological activity (i.e. functionality) of PAPD5, particularly the poly-A polymerase function.
  • an enzymatically active fragment of SEQ ID NO: 3 relates to those polypeptides that comprise a stretch of contiguous amino acid residues of SEQ ID NO: 3 (i.e. of PAPD7) and that retain a biological activity (i.e. functionality) of PAPD7, particularly the poly-A polymerase function.
  • Examples for enzymatically active fragments of PAPD5 and PAPD7 are the nucleotidyltransferase domain and the Cid1 poly A polymerase.
  • polypeptide includes all molecules that comprise or consist of amino acid monomers linked by peptide (amide) bonds.
  • polypeptide comprises all amino acid sequences, such as peptides, oliogopeptides, polypeptides and proteins.
  • the “polypeptide” described herein may be a naturally occurring polypeptide or a non-naturally occurring polypeptide.
  • the non-naturally occurring polypeptide may comprise at least one mutation (e.g. amino acid substitution, amino acid deletion or amino acid addition) as compared to the naturally occurring counterpart.
  • the non-naturally occurring polypeptide may also be cloned in a vector and/or be operable linked to a promoter that is not the natural promoter of said polypeptide.
  • Said promoter may be a constitutively active promoter.
  • amino acid or “residue” as used herein includes both L- and D-isomers of the naturally occurring amino acids as well as of other amino acids (e.g., non-naturally-occurring amino acids, amino acids which are not encoded by nucleic acid sequences, synthetic amino acids etc.).
  • Examples of naturally-occurring amino acids are alanine (Ala; A), arginine (Arg; R), asparagine (Asn; N), aspartic acid (Asp; D), cysteine (Cys; C), glutamine (Gin; Q), glutamic acid (Glu; E), glycine (Gly; G), histidine (His; H), isoleucine (Ile; I), leucine (Leu; L), lysine (Lys; K), methionine (Met; M), phenylalanine (Phe; F), proline (Pro; P), serine (Ser; 5), threonine (Thr; T), tryptophane (Trp; W), tyrosine (Tyr; Y), valine (Val; V).
  • Non-naturally occurring polypeptide may comprise one or more non-amino acid substituents, or heterologous amino acid substituents, compared to the amino acid sequence of a naturally occurring form of the polypeptide, for example a reporter molecule or another ligand, covalently or non-covalently bound to the amino acid sequence.
  • nucleotide sequence or “polynucleotide” is commonly known in the art and comprises molecules comprising or consisting of naturally occurring molecules such as DNA and RNA as well as nucleic acid analogues such as, e.g., oligonucleotides thiophosphates, substituted ribo-oligonucleotides, LNA molecules, PNA molecules, GNA (glycol nucleic acid) molecules, TNA (threose nucleic acid) molecules, morpholino polynucleotides, or nucleic acids with modified backbones such as polysiloxane, and 2′-O-(2-methoxy) ethyl-phosphorothioate, or a nucleic acid with substituents, such as methyl-, thio-, sulphate, benzoyl-, phenyl-, amino-, propyl-, chloro-, and methanocarbanucleosides, or a reporter
  • nucleic acid sequence is to be construed equivalently with the term “nucleic acid molecule” in context of the present invention and may inter alia refer to DNA, RNA, PNA or LNA or hybrids thereof or any modification thereof that is known in the art (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,525,711, 4,711,955, 5,792,608 or EP 302175 for examples of modifications).
  • Nucleic acid residues comprised by the nucleic acid sequence described and provided herein may be naturally occurring nucleic acid residues or artificially produced nucleic acid residues.
  • nucleic acid residues examples are adenine (A), guanine (G), cytosine (C), thymine (T), uracil (U), xanthine (X), and hypoxanthine (HX).
  • thymine (T) and uracil (U) may be used interchangeably depending on the respective type of polynucleotide.
  • a thymine (T) as part of a DNA corresponds to an uracil (U) as part of the corresponding transcribed mRNA.
  • the polynucleotides described and provided herein may be single- or double-stranded, linear or circular, natural or synthetic.
  • the nucleotide sequences provided herein may be cloned into a vector.
  • vector as used herein includes plasmids, cosmids, viruses, bacteriophages and other vectors commonly used in genetic engineering. In a preferred embodiment, these vectors are suitable for the transformation of cells, like mammalian cells or yeast cells.
  • the vector may be an expression vector.
  • expression vectors have been widely described in the literature. They may comprise a selection marker gene and a replication-origin ensuring replication in the host, a promoter, and a termination signal for transcription. Between the promoter and the termination signal there may be at least one restriction site or a polylinker which enables the insertion of a nucleic acid sequence desired to be expressed.
  • Non-limiting examples for the vector into which a nucleotide sequence provided herein may be cloned are adenoviral, adeno-associated viral (AAV), lentiviral, HIV-based lentiviral, nonviral minicircle-vectors, or other vectors for bacterial and eukaryotic expression systems.
  • AAV adeno-associated viral
  • lentiviral HIV-based lentiviral
  • nonviral minicircle-vectors or other vectors for bacterial and eukaryotic expression systems.
  • the term “compound” means any molecule, including organic molecules such as small molecules, polynucleotides such as RNAi molecules, polypeptides such as antibodies, and inorganic compounds.
  • the term “compound” also includes lipids, hormone analogs, polypeptide ligands, enzymes, receptors, channels, and antibody conjugates.
  • the compound may be an RNAi molecule against PAPD5 and/or PAPD7, an antibody that specifically binds to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7, or a small molecule binding to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7.
  • inhibitor is known in the art and relates to a compound/substance capable of fully or partially preventing or reducing the physiologic function (i.e. the activity) of (a) specific protein(s) (e.g. of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7). Inhibitors are also known as “antagonists”. In the context of the present invention, the inhibitor of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 may prevent or reduce or inhibit or inactivate the physiological activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7, respectively, e.g., upon binding of said compound/substance to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7, respectively.
  • Binding of an inhibitor/antagonist to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 may reduce the enzymatic function of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 (i.e. the poly-A polymerase function) or may prevent the binding of an endogenous activating molecule to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7, and thereby inhibiting the activity (i.e. function) of these proteins.
  • an “inhibitor” of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 may be capable of preventing the activity/function of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7, respectively, by preventing or reducing the expression of the PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 gene.
  • an inhibitor of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 may lead to a decreased expression level of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 (e.g. decreased level of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 mRNA, or of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 protein) which is reflected in a decreased functionality (i.e. activity) of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7, wherein said function comprises the poly-A polymerase function.
  • An inhibitor of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 in the context of the present invention, accordingly, may also encompass transcriptional repressors of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 expression that are capable of reducing the level of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7. Accordingly, all means and methods that result in a decrease in activity (which may be the result of a lower expression) or PAPD5 and/or PAPD7, are to be used as inhibitors of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 in accordance with the present invention.
  • RNA interference (RNAi) molecule refers to any molecule inhibiting RNA expression or translation.
  • a small interfering RNA is a double-stranded RNA molecule that, by binding complementary mRNA after transcription, leads to their degradation and loss in translation.
  • a small hairpin RNA is an artificial RNA molecule with a hairpin structure which upon expression is able to reduce mRNA via the DICER and RNA reducing silencing complex (RISC).
  • RISC RNA reducing silencing complex
  • RNAi molecules can be designed on the base of the RNA sequence of the gene of interest. Corresponding RNAi can then be synthesized chemically or by in vitro transcription, or expressed from a vector or PCR product
  • small molecule refers to an organic compound with a low molecular weight ( ⁇ 900 daltons). Small molecules may help to regulate a biological process, and have generally a size on the order of 10 ⁇ 9 m. Many drugs are small molecules.
  • antibody is used in the broadest sense and specifically encompasses intact monoclonal antibodies, polyclonal antibodies, multispecific antibodies (e.g., bispecific antibodies) formed from at least two intact antibodies, and antibody fragments, so long as they exhibit the desired biological activity (i.e. specifically binding to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7). Also human, humanized, camelized or CDR-grafted antibodies are comprised. “Antibody fragments” comprise a portion of an intact antibody.
  • antibody fragments includes antigen-binding portions, i.e., “antigen binding sites” (e.g., fragments, subsequences, complementarity determining regions (CDRs)) that retain capacity to bind an antigen (such as PAPD5 and/or PAPD7), comprising or alternatively consisting of, for example, (i) a Fab fragment, a monovalent fragment consisting of the VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) a F(ab′)2 fragment, a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region; (iii) a Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iv) a Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody, (v) a dAb fragment (Ward; 1989; Nature 341; 544-546), which consists of a VH domain; and (vi) an isolated complementarity
  • binding molecule refers to a binding molecule (e.g. an antibody) which has intermediate or high binding affinity, exclusively or predominately, to a target molecule, preferably PAPD5 and/or PAPD7.
  • target molecule preferably PAPD5 and/or PAPD7.
  • specifically binds to refers to a binding reaction that is determinative of the presence of a target (preferably the PAPD5 and/or the PAPD7 protein) in the presence of a heterogeneous population of proteins and other biologics.
  • the specified binding molecules bind preferentially to a particular target (preferably the PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 protein) and do not bind in a significant amount to other components present in a test sample.
  • a target protein preferably the PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 protein
  • Specific binding to a target protein under such conditions may require a binding molecule that is selected for its specificity for a particular target protein.
  • a variety of assay formats may be used to select binding molecules that are specifically reactive with a particular target protein. For example, solid-phase ELISA immunoassays, immunoprecipitation, Biacore and Western blot may be used to identify binding molecules that specifically react with the PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 protein.
  • the PAPD5 protein is most preferably a polypeptide that has the amino acid sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2.
  • the PAPD5 protein may also be a polypeptide having at least 80%, preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 95%, even more preferably at least 98%, and even more preferably at least 99% identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2 and being functional, wherein the function is poly-A polymerase function.
  • the PAPD7 protein is most preferably a polypeptide that has the amino acid sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 3.
  • the PAPD7 protein may also be a polypeptide having at least 80%, preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 95%, even more preferably at least 98%, and even more preferably at least 99% identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3 and being functional, wherein the function is poly-A polymerase function.
  • a specific or selective reaction will be at least twice background signal or noise and more typically more than 10 times background.
  • the phrase “specifically binds to” refers to a binding reaction that is determinative of the presence of the target protein (preferably PAPD5 and/or PAPD7) in a heterogeneous population of proteins and other biologics.
  • an antibody which specifically binds to a certain target binds to said target with an association constant (K a ) of at least about 1 ⁇ 10 6 M ⁇ 1 or 10 7 M ⁇ 1 , or preferably about 10 8 M ⁇ 1 to 10 9 M ⁇ 1 , or more preferably about 10 10 M to 10 11 M ⁇ 1 or higher.
  • an antibody that specifically binds to a particular target preferably PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 preferably binds to this target with an affinity that is at least two-fold greater than its affinity for binding to a non-specific target (e.g., BSA, casein) other than the predetermined target or a closely-related target.
  • a non-specific target e.g., BSA, casein
  • identity means that amino acid or nucleotide sequences have identities of at least 80%, preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 95%, even more preferably at least 98%, and even more preferably at least 99% identity to the sequences shown herein, e.g. those of SEQ ID NO: 1, 2, or 3, wherein the higher identity values are preferred upon the lower ones.
  • the term “identity/identities” or “percent identity/identities” in the context of two or more nucleic acid or amino acid sequences refers to two or more sequences that are the same, or that have a specified percentage of amino acid residues or nucleotides that are the same (e.g., at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 98%, or at least 99% identity with the amino acid sequences of, e.g., SEQ ID NO: 1, 2 or 3, or with the nucleotide sequences of, e.g., SEQ ID NO: 4, 5 or 6), when compared and aligned for maximum correspondence over a window of comparison, or over a designated region as measured using a sequence comparison algorithm as known in the art, or by manual alignment and visual inspection.
  • the described identity to exists over a region that is at least about 50 amino acids, preferably at least 100 amino acids, more preferably at least 400 amino acids, more preferably at least 500 amino acids, more preferably at least 600 amino acids and most preferably all amino acids in length.
  • the described identity most preferably exists over a region that is at least 100 nucleotides, preferably at least 1,000 nucleotides, more preferably at least 2,000 nucleotides and most preferably all nucleotides in length.
  • BLAST 2.0 which stands for Basic Local Alignment Search Tool BLAST (Altschul, 1997, loc. cit.; Altschul, 1993, loc. cit.; Altschul, 1990, loc. cit.), can be used to search for local sequence alignments.
  • BLAST as discussed above, produces alignments of both nucleotide and amino acid sequences to determine sequence similarity. Because of the local nature of the alignments, BLAST is especially useful in determining exact matches or in identifying similar sequences.
  • the term “measuring” also means “analyzing” or “determining” (i.e. detecting and/or quantifying).
  • the term “measuring the expression and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7” means determining the amount of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 expression and/or activity, for example, determining the amount of the PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 polypeptide (i.e. protein).
  • Methods for measuring (i.e. determining) the amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 protein are known in the art and described herein above.
  • the term “measuring whether a test compound binds to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7” means analyzing or determining (i.e.
  • the term “measuring whether a test compound inhibits propagation of HBV” means analyzing or determining (i.e. detecting and/or quantifying) whether a test compound inhibits propagation of HBV.
  • C 1-6 alkyl alone or in combination signifies a saturated, linear- or branched chain alkyl group containing 1 to 6, particularly 1 to 4 carbon atoms, for example methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, 1-butyl, 2-butyl, tert-butyl and the like.
  • Particular “C 1-6 alkyl” groups are methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and tert-butyl.
  • C 3-7 cycloalkyl refers to a saturated carbon ring containing from 3 to 7 carbon atoms, particularly from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and the like.
  • Particular “C 3-7 cycloalkyl” groups are cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl.
  • C 2-6 alkenyl denotes an unsaturated, linear or branched chain alkenyl group containing 2 to 6, particularly 2 to 4 carbon atoms, for example vinyl, propenyl, allyl, butenyl and the like.
  • Particular “C 2-6 alkenyl” group is allyl and vinyl.
  • C 2-6 alkynyl denotes an unsaturated, linear or branched chain alkynyl group containing 2 to 6, particularly 2 to 4 carbon atoms, for example ethynyl, 1-propynyl, propargyl, butynyl and the like.
  • Particular “C 2-6 alkynyl” groups are ethynyl and 1-propynyl.
  • C x H 2x alone or in combination signifies a saturated, linear- or branched chain alkyl group containing 1 to 6, particularly 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • C 1-6 alkoxy alone or in combination signifies a group C 1-6 alkyl-O—, wherein the “C 1-6 alkyl” is as defined above; for example methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, iso-propoxy, n-butoxy, iso-butoxy, 2-butoxy, tert-butoxy, pentoxy, hexyloxy and the like.
  • Particular “C 1-6 alkoxy” groups are methoxy, ethoxy and propoxy.
  • halogen means fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine.
  • haloC 1-6 alkyl denotes a C 1-6 alkyl group wherein at least one of the hydrogen atoms of the C 1-6 alkyl group has been replaced by same or different halogen atoms, particularly fluoro atoms.
  • haloC 1-6 alkyl include monofluoro-, difluoro- or trifluoro-methyl, -ethyl or -propyl, for example 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, 3,3-difluoropropyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 2,2-difluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl or trifluoromethyl.
  • Particular “haloC 1-6 alkyl” group is difluoromethyl or trifluoromethyl.
  • haloC 1-6 alkoxy denotes a C 1-6 alkoxy group wherein at least one of the hydrogen atoms of the C 1-6 alkoxy group has been replaced by same or different halogen atoms, particularly fluoro atoms.
  • haloC 1-6 alkoxyl include monofluoro-, difluoro- or trifluoro-methoxy, -ethoxy or -propoxy, for example fluoropropoxy, difluoropropoxy, trifluoropropoxy, fluoroethoxy, difluoroethoxy, trifluoroethoxy, fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy or trifluoromethoxy.
  • haloC 1-6 alkoxy is 3-fluoropropoxy, 3,3-difluoropropoxy, 3,3,3-trifluoropropoxy, 2-fluoroethoxy, 2,2-difluoroethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy, fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy or trifluoromethoxy.
  • C 3-7 cycloalkyl refers to a saturated carbon ring containing from 3 to 7 carbon atoms, particularly from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and the like.
  • Particular “C 3-7 cycloalkyl” groups are cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl.
  • C 1-6 alkoxy alone or in combination signifies a group C 1-6 alkyl-O—, wherein the “C 1-6 alkyl” is as defined above; for example methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, iso-propoxy, n-butoxy, iso-butoxy, 2-butoxy, tert-butoxy and the like.
  • Particular “C 1-6 alkoxy” groups are methoxy and ethoxy and more particularly methoxy.
  • haloC 3-7 cycloalkyl denotes a C 3-7 cycloalkyl group wherein at least one of the hydrogen atoms of the C 3-7 cycloalkyl group has been replaced by same or different halogen atoms, particularly fluoro atoms.
  • haloC 3-7 cycloalkyl examples include monofluoro- or difluoro-cyclopropyl, -cyclobutyl, -cyclopentyl or -cyclohexyl, for example fluorocyclopropyl, difluorocyclopropyl, fluocyclobutyl, difluocyclobutyl, fluocyclopentyl, difluocyclopentyl, fluocyclohexyl or difluocyclohexyl.
  • Particular “haloC 1-6 alkyl” group is difluorocyclopropyl.
  • amino alone or in combination, refers to primary (—NH 2 ), secondary (—NH—) or tertiary amino
  • amino denotes a group of the formula —NR′R′′ wherein R′ and R′′ are independently hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, heteroC 3-7 cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl.
  • R′ and R′′ together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, can form a heteroC 3-7 cycloalkyl.
  • carbonyl alone or in combination refers to the group —C(O)—.
  • cyano alone or in combination refers to the group —CN.
  • C 1-6 alkylsulfinyl denotes a group —SO—C 1-6 alkyl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl group is defined above.
  • Examples of C 1-6 alkylsulfinyl include methylsulfinyl and ethylsulfinyl.
  • C 1-6 alkylsulfonyl denotes a group —SO 2 —C 1-6 alkyl, wherein C 1-6 alkyl group is defined above.
  • Examples of C 1-6 alkylsulfonyl include methylsulfonyl and ethylsulfonyl.
  • monocyclic heteroaryl denotes a monovalent aromatic heterocyclic mono-ring system of 5 to 8 ring atoms, comprising 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, the remaining ring atoms being carbon.
  • Examples of monocyclic heteroaryl moieties include pyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, azepinyl, diazepinyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl and the like.
  • the term “monocyclic heterocycloalkyl” refers to a monovalent saturated or partly unsaturated monocyclic ring system of 3 to 7 ring atoms, comprising 1, 2, or 3 ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, the remaining ring atoms being carbon.
  • Examples for monocyclic heterocycloalkyl are aziridinyl, oxiranyl, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-oxo-pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydro-thienyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, 1,1-dioxo-thiomorpholin-4-yl, azepanyl, diazepanyl, homopiperazinyl, or oxazepanyl.
  • Particular “monocyclic heterocycloalkyl” groups are morpholinyl, 2-oxo-pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, and more particularly pyrrolidin-1-yl, 2-oxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl, tetrahydropyran-4-yl and morpholin-1-yl.
  • monocyclic heterocycloalkyl is a monovalent saturated or partly unsaturated monocyclic ring system of 4 to 7 ring atoms, comprising 1, 2, or 3 ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, the remaining ring atoms being carbon.
  • Examples for monocyclic heterocycloalkyl are aziridinyl, oxiranyl, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-oxo-pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, thietanyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, 2-oxo-morpholinyl, 2-oxo-piperazinyl, thiomorpholinyl, 1,1-dioxo-thiomorpholin-4-yl, 1,1-dioxothiolanyl, 1,1-dioxothietanyl, oxoimidazolidinyl, azepanyl,
  • Particular “monocyclic heterocycloalkyl” groups are azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1,1-dioxothietanyl, 1,1-dioxothiolanyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, oxoimidazolidinyl, 2-oxo-pyrrolidinyl, 2-oxo-morpholinyl and 2-oxo-piperazinyl.
  • “monocyclic heterocycloalkyl” groups are azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, oxomorpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl and oxopiperazinyl.
  • aryl denotes a monovalent aromatic carbocyclic mono- or bicyclic ring system comprising 6 to 10 carbon ring atoms.
  • aryl moieties include phenyl and naphthyl, Particular “aryl” is phenyl.
  • heteroaryl denotes a monovalent aromatic heterocyclic mono- or bicyclic ring system of 5 to 12 ring atoms, comprising 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, the remaining ring atoms being carbon.
  • heteroaryl moieties include pyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, azepinyl, diazepinyl, isoxazolyl, benzofuranyl, isothiazolyl, benzothienyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, isobenzofuranyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzooxadiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzotriazolyl, purinyl, quinolinyl, isoquino
  • N-containing monocyclic heteroaryl refers to a monocyclic heteroaryl wherein at least one of the heteroatoms is N.
  • Examples for N-containing monocyclic heteroaryl are pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, azepinyl, diazepinyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl and the like.
  • N-containing monocyclic heteroaryl groups are imidazolyl, pyrazolyl and triazolyl, and more particularly imidazol-1-yl, pyrazol-1-yl and 1,2,4-triazol-1-yl.
  • halogen means fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine. Halogen is particularly fluorine, chlorine or bromine.
  • hydroxy alone or in combination refers to the group —OH.
  • sulfonyl alone or in combination refers to the group —S(O) 2 —.
  • C 1-6 alkylamino refers to amino group as defined above wherein at least one of the hydrogen atoms of the amino group is replaced by a C 1-6 alkyl group.
  • C 1-6 alkylsulfonyl refers to a group C 1-6 alkyl-S(O) 2 —, wherein the “C 1-6 alkyl” is as defined above.
  • aminocarbonyl refers to a group amino-C(O)—, wherein the “amino” is as defined above.
  • cyanoC 3-7 cycloalkyl refers to C 3-7 cycloalkyl group as defined above wherein at least one of the hydrogen atoms of the C 3-7 cycloalkyl group is replaced by a cyano group.
  • pyrrolidinylcarbonyl refers to a group pyrrolidinyl-C(O)—.
  • enantiomer denotes two stereoisomers of a compound which are non-superimposable mirror images of one another.
  • diastereomer denotes a stereoisomer with two or more centers of chirality and whose molecules are not mirror images of one another. Diastereomers have different physical properties, e.g. melting points, boiling points, spectral properties, and reactivities.
  • Each one compound from the two chemical series DHQ and THP were synthesized to be suitable for the Y3H screening performed by HYBRIGENICS SERVICES SAS. Both compounds included PEG5 linker and were tagged with a Trimethoprim (TMP) anchor ligand (Table 1).
  • TMP Trimethoprim
  • the two compounds were provided by Roche to HYBRIGENICS SERVICES SAS and tested for permeability and toxicity. Compounds were then screened against HYBRIGENICS's cDNA Human placenta library (PLA). The screens were carried out according to the optimized cell-to-cell mating protocol developed for Hybrigenics ULTImate Y2HTM using at different compound concentration (Table 2).
  • Clones obtained from the screen were picked in 96-well format and clones positive for growth under selective conditions (HIS+) were evaluated in a dependency assay using spot assays. Only clones that were able to grow on selective medium in the presence of the tagged compound were being picked up, processed (cell lysis, PCR, gene sequencing) and mapped for protein alignment using Blast analysis.
  • each one identified fragment prey and one chemical probe (HBX129653, HBX129654) is tested in a 1-by-1 experiment.
  • the plasmids from 3 selected preys from the screening library were extracted from the yeast cells, amplified in E. coli and re-transformed into YHGX13 yeast cells.
  • DO1, 1/10, 1/100 and 1/1000 of the diploid yeast culture expressing both hook and prey constructs were spotted on a selective medium without tryptophan, leucine and histidine and supplemented with the chemical probe and FK506. Interactions were tested in duplicate.
  • DMSO 1, 10 and 20 ⁇ M of HBX129653, 5, 10 and 20 ⁇ M of HBX129654, 5 ⁇ M of HBX24786 Trimethoprim (TMP) and 5 ⁇ M of HBX129634 (TMP-PEG5-OH)). Plates were incubated at 30° C. for 3 days.
  • PAPD5var1 NM 001040284.2
  • PAPD7varX1 XM_005248234.2
  • AD Gal4 Activation Domain
  • a mini-mating was carried out between YHGX13 (Y187 ade2-101::loxP-kanMX-IoxP, mato) transformed with the prey plasmids and YPT6AT yeast cells (mata) transformed with the DHFR hook (Dihydrofolate reductase) to produce a diploid yeast culture.
  • YHGX13 Y187 ade2-101::loxP-kanMX-IoxP, mato
  • YPT6AT yeast cells mata transformed with the DHFR hook (Dihydrofolate reductase)
  • DO1, 1/10, 1/100 and 1/1000 of the diploid yeast culture expressing both hook and prey constructs were spotted on a selective medium without tryptophan, leucine and histidine and supplemented with the chemical probe and FK506. Interactions were tested in duplicate.
  • DMSO 1, 10 and 20 ⁇ M of HBX129653, 5, 10 and 20 ⁇ M of HBX129654, 5 ⁇ M of HBX24786 Trimethoprim (TMP) and 5 ⁇ M of HBX129634 (TMP-PEG5-OH)). Plates were incubated at 30° C. for 3 days.
  • the competition assay is based on the previously described 1-by-1 validation with a constant concentration for the chemical probe (HBX129653, HBX 129654) and increasing concentrations of the parent compound of the chemical probe (MOL653, MOL654) or its inactive enantiomer (INACT653, INACT654) (Table 3).
  • the competition assays were performed on selective medium at 8 concentrations of the free compound (0, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 and 20 ⁇ M) and a consistent concentration for the tagged Y3H-compound (1 ⁇ M).
  • HepaRG cells (Biopredics International, Rennes, France, Cat #HPR101) were cultured at 37° C. in a humidified atmosphere with 5% CO2 in complete HepaRG growth medium consisting of William's E Medium (GIBCO), Growth Medium Supplement (Biopredics, Cat #ADD710) and 1% (v/v) GlutaMAX-1 (Gibco #32551) and 1 ⁇ Pen/Strep (Gibco, #15140) for 2 weeks.
  • GlutaMAX-1 William's E Medium
  • Pen/Strep Gibco, #15140
  • 0.9% (v/v) DMSO Sigma-Aldrich, D2650 was added to the growth medium on confluent cells.
  • HepaRG growth medium supplemented with 1.8% (v/v) DMSO
  • dHepaRG Differentiated HepaRG cells
  • dHepaRG displayed hepatocyte-like cell islands surrounded by monolayer of biliary-like cells.
  • dHepaRG cells Prior to HBV infection and compound treatment, dHepaRG cells were seeded into collagen I coated 96-well plates (Gibco, Cat #A11428-03) at 60,000 cells per well in 100 ⁇ L of complete differentiation medium. Cells were allowed to recover their differentiated phenotype in 96-well plates for approximately 1 week after plating prior to HBV infection.
  • dHepaRG cells were infected with HBV particles at an MOI of 30.
  • the HBV particles were produced from HBV-producing HepG2.2.15 cells (Sells et al 1987 Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 84, 1005-1009).
  • dHepaRG culture conditions, differentiation and HBV infection have been described previously (Hantz, 2009, J. Gen. Virol., 2009, 90: 127-135).
  • complete differentiation medium 120 ⁇ L/well
  • 4% PEG-8000 and virus stock (20 to 30 GE/cell) was added.
  • the cells were washed three times with phosphate-buffered saline and medium (complete differentiation medium) was replaced every two days during the experiment.
  • siRNAs siRNA ON TARGETplus (Cat.No.) Target Sequence SEQ ID NO siPAPD5 (Cat. No. # J-010011-05 CAUCAAUGCUUUAUAUCGA 10 L-010011-00-0010) J-010011-06 GGACGACACUUCAAUUAUU 11 J-010011-07 GAUAAAGGAUGGUGGUUCA 12 J-010011-08 GAAUAGACCUGAGCCUUCA 13 siPAPD7 (Cat. No.
  • siRNAs were transfected using DharmaFect 4 (GE Dharmacon; Cat. No. T-2004-01) and OPTI-MEM (Thermo Scientific; Cat. No. 51985034) according to manufacturer's protocol. The cells were treated for 11 days.
  • HBV HBsAg and HBeAg levels were measured using CLIA ELISA Kits (Autobio Diagnostic #CL0310-2, #CL0312-2), according to the manufacturer's protocol. Briefly, 25 ⁇ L of supernatant per well were transferred to the respective antibody coated microtiter plate and 25 ⁇ L of enzyme conjugate reagent were added. The plate was incubated for 60 min on a shaker at room temperature before the wells were washed five times with washing buffer using an automatic washer. 25 ⁇ L of substrate A and B were added to each well. The plates were incubated on a shaker for 10 min at room temperature before luminescence was measured using an Envision luminescence reader (Perkin Elmer).
  • dHepaRG were washed once with PBS (Gibco) and lysed using the MagNA Pure “96 Cellular RNA Large Volume Kit” (Roche #05467535001). The lystates may be stored at at ⁇ 80° C.
  • an AB7900 HT sequence detection system Applied Biosystems
  • the TaqMan® Gene Expression Master Mix (ThermoFisher Scientific) were used.
  • HBV mRNA HBV core-specific primer Integrated DNA Technologies
  • PAPD7 Cat. No. 4331182 Integrated DNA Technologies
  • HBV core specific TaqMan probes Name Dye Sequence SEQ ID NO HBV Forward CTG TGC CTT GGG TGG CTT T 18 core (F3_HBVcore) Primer Reverse AAG GAA AGA AGT CAG AAG GCA AAA 19 (R3_HBVcore) Probe FAM- AGC TCC AAA/ZEN/TTC TTT ATA AGG 20 (P3_HBVcore) MGB GTC GAT GTC CAT G
  • PAPD5/7 were Identified in Y3H Ultimate YChemH Screen as Common Interaction Partner of DHQ and THP
  • PAPD5 variant 1: NP_001035374; variant 2: NP_001035375
  • PAPD7 XP_005248291
  • the identified proteins were ranked with a confidence score of A (scale A-D) by HYBRIGENICS (Table 6).
  • PAPD5/7 Interaction with DHQ and THP in Y3H can be Competed by Both Free Active Compound, but not the Inactive Enantiomer
  • RNAi technology to reduce these proteins in naturally HBV infected dHepaRG and to monitor the impact of this reduction on viral parameters.
  • siRNA pools against PAPD5 and PAPD7 see table 4 in HBV infected dHepaRG cells as described in the Materials and methods section.
  • the potency of DHQ and THP and their variants against HBV infection were measured in HepG2.2.15 cells using HBsAg and HBeAg as read out.
  • HepG2.2.15 cells (Sells et al 1987 Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 84, 1005-1009) were cultured in 96 well plates (15.000 cells/well in 100 uL) in DMEM+GluTaMax-1 (GiBCO Cat. NO. 10569), 1% Pen Strep (Gibco Cat. No. 15140), 10% FBS (Clontech Cat. No. 631106), Geneticin 0.25 ug/ml (Invitrogen 10131035). The compounds were tested using three-fold serial dilutions in DMSO with a top concentration of 100 ⁇ M and 9 serial dilutions. Each compound was tested in quadricate.
  • HBsAg and HBeAg were measured as described in the Materials and Methods section.
  • the IC 50 values of the tested compounds in the reduction of secretion of HBsAg and HBeAg are shown in the following:
  • HBX129653 (DHQ TMP): IC 50 HBsAg 1.181 uM
  • HBX129654 (THP TMP): IC 50 HBsAg 0.299 uM
  • MOL653 (DHQ free—active): IC 50 HBsAg 0.003 uM; IC 50 HBeAg 0.007 uM

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Plant Pathology (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Food Science & Technology (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to a method for identifying a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits hepatitis B virus (HBV) infections. The compound (i) reduces the expression and/or activity of PAP associated domain containing 5 (PAPD5) and/or PAP associated domain containing 7 (PAPD7); and/or (ii) binds to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 and inhibits 5 propagation of HBV; and is identified as a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits HBV infections. An inhibitor of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 for use in treating and/or preventing HBV infections; as well as a combined preparation comprising an inhibitor of PAPD5 and an inhibitor of PAPD7 for simultaneous or sequential use in the treatment or prevention of HBV infections is also provided. The present invention includes a 10-pharmaceutical composition for use in treatment and/or prevention of HBV infections, and a method for monitoring therapeutic success during treatment of HBV infections.

Description

    FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention relates to a method for identifying a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits a hepatitis B virus (HBV) infection, wherein a compound that (i) reduces the expression and/or activity of PAP associated domain containing 5 (PAPD5) and/or PAP associated domain containing 7 (PAPD7); and/or (ii) binds to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 and inhibits propagation of HBV; is identified as a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits a HBV infection. The invention also provides for an inhibitor of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 for use in treating and/or preventing a HBV infection; as well as a combined preparation comprising an inhibitor of PAPD5 and an inhibitor of PAPD7 for simultaneous or sequential use in the treatment or prevention of a HBV infection. Also comprised in the present invention is a pharmaceutical composition for use in the treatment and/or prevention of a HBV infection, and a method for monitoring the therapeutic success during the treatment of a HBV infection.
    • BACKGROUND
  • The hepatitis B virus (HBV) is an enveloped, partially double-stranded DNA virus. The compact 3.2 kb HBV genome consists of four overlapping open reading frames (ORF), which encode for the core, polymerase (Pol), envelope and X-proteins. The Pol ORF is the longest and the envelope ORF is located within it, while the X and core ORFs overlap with the Pol ORF. The lifecycle of HBV has two main events: 1) generation of closed circular DNA (cccDNA) from relaxed circular (RC DNA), and 2) reverse transcription of pregenomic RNA (pgRNA) to produce RC DNA. Prior to the infection of host cells, the HBV genome exists within the virion as RC DNA. It has been determined that HBV virions are able to gain entry into host cells by non-specifically binding to the negatively charged proteoglycans present on the surface of human hepatocytes (Schulze, Hepatology, 46, (2007), 1759-68) and via the specific binding of HBV surface antigens (HBsAg) to the hepatocyte sodium-taurocholate cotransporting polypeptide (NTCP) receptor (Yan, J Virol, 87, (2013), 7977-91). The control of viral infection needs a tight surveillance of the host innate immune system which could respond within minutes to hours after infection to impact on the initial growth of the virus and limit the development of a chronic and persistent infection. Despite the available current treatments based on IFN and nucleos(t)ide analogues, the HBV infection remains a major health problem worldwide which concerns an estimated 350 million chronic carriers who have a higher risk of liver cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma.
  • The secretion of antiviral cytokines in response to a HBV infection by the hepatocytes and/or the intra-hepatic immune cells plays a central role in the viral clearance of the infected liver. However, chronically infected patients only display a weak immune response due to various escape strategies adopted by the virus to counteract the host cell recognition systems and the subsequent antiviral responses.
  • Many observations showed that several HBV viral proteins could counteract the initial host cellular response by interfering with the viral recognition signaling system and subsequently the interferon (IFN) antiviral activity. Among these, the excessive secretion of HBV empty subviral particles (SVPs, HBsAg) are thought to participate to the maintenance of the immunological tolerant state observed in chronically infected patients (CHB). The persistent exposure to HBsAg and other viral antigens can lead to HBV-specific T-cell deletion or to progressive functional impairment (Kondo, Journal of Immunology (1993), 150, 4659-4671; Kondo, Journal of Medical Virology (2004), 74, 425-433; Fisicaro, Gastroenterology, (2010), 138, 682-93;). Moreover HBsAg has been reported to suppress the function of immune cells such as monocytes, dendritic cells (DCs) and natural killer (NK) cells by direct interaction (Op den Brouw, Immunology, (2009b), 126, 280-9; Woltman, PLoS One, (2011), 6, e15324; Shi, J Viral Hepat. (2012), 19, e26-33; Kondo. ISRN Gasteroenterology, (2013), Article ID 935295).
  • HBsAg quantification is a significant biomarker for prognosis and treatment response in chronic hepatitis B. However the achievement of HBsAg loss and seroconversion is rarely observed in chronically infected patients but remains one of the ultimate goals of therapy. Current therapy such as Nucleos(t)ide analogues are molecules that inhibit HBV DNA synthesis but are not directed at reducing HBsAg level. Nucleos(t)ide analogs, even with prolonged therapy, only show weak HBsAg clearance comparable to those observed naturally (between −1%-2%) (Janssen, Lancet, (2005), 365, 123-9; Marcellin, N. Engl. J. Med., (2004), 351, 1206-17; Buster, Hepatology, (2007), 46, 388-94).
  • Hepatitis B e-antigen (also called HBV envelope antigen or HBeAg) is a viral protein that is secreted by hepatitis B infected cells. HBeAg is associated with chronic hepatitis B infections and is used as a marker of active viral disease and a patient's degree of infectiousness.
  • The function of the hepatitis B virus precore or HBeAg is not completely known. However HBeAg is well known to play a key role in viral persistence. HBeAg is thought to promote HBV chronicity by functioning as an immunoregulatory protein. In particular, the HBeAg is a secreted accessory protein, which appears to attenuate the host immune response to the intracellular nucleocapsid protein (Walsh, Virology, 2011, 411(1):132-141). The HBeAg acts as an immune tolerogen contributing to HBV persistence, and possibly functions in utero considering that soluble HBeAg traverses the placenta (Walsh, Virology, 2011, 411(1):132-141). Furthermore, HBeAg downregulates: i) cellular genes controlling intracellular signaling; and ii) the Toll-like receptor 2 (TLR-2) to dampen the innate immune response to viral infection (Walsh, Virology, 2011, 411(1):132-141). In the absence of HBeAg, HBV replication is associated with upregulation of the TLR2 pathway (Walsh, Virology, 2011, 411(1):132-141). Accordingly, HBeAg has a significant role in modulating virus/host interactions to influence the host immune response (Walsh, Virology, 2011, 411(1):132-141). Thus, reducing HBeAg in HBeAg positive patient population may lead to reversal of HBV specific immunedysfunction (Milich, 1997, J. Viral. Hep. 4: 48-59; Milich, 1998, J. Immunol. 160: 2013-2021). In addition, the secreted HBeAg is significantly more efficient than the intracellular hepatitis core antigen (HBcAg) at eliciting T-cell tolerance, and the split T-cell tolerance between the HBeAg and the HBcAg and the clonal heterogeneity of HBc/HBeAg-specific T-cell tolerance may have significant implications for natural HBV infection and especially for precore-negative chronic hepatitis (Chen, 2005, Journal of Virology, 79: 3016-3027).
  • Accordingly, reducing secretion of HBeAg in addition to secretion of HBsAg would lead to an improved inhibition of development of a chronic HBV infection as compared to the inhibition of secretion of HBsAg alone. In addition, the highest rates of transmission of an acute infection to chronic (>80%) have been reported in cases of materno-fetal and neonatal HBV transmission from HBeAg-positive mothers (Liaw, Lancet, 2009, 373: 582-592; Liaw, Dig. Dis. Sci., 2010, 55: 2727-2734; and Hadziyannis, 2011, Journal of hepatology, 55: 183-191). Therefore, reducing HBeAg in an expected mother may not only reduce the patient's degree of infectiousness, but may also inhibit the development of a chronic HBV infection of her child.
  • Therefore, in the therapy of HBV there is an unmet medical need to inhibit viral expression, particularly to inhibit secretion of HBsAg and HBeAg (Wieland, S. F. & F. V. Chisari. J Virol, (2005), 79, 9369-80; Kumar et al. J Virol, (2011), 85, 987-95; Woltman et al. PLoS One, (2011), 6, e15324; Op den Brouw et al. Immunology, (2009b), 126, 280-9).
  • WO 03/022987 discloses for example in Table 7A 1298 genes that are upregulated in hepatitis C-positive tissue. One of the mentioned genes is topoisomerase-related function protein 4 (TRF4, AF089897). AF089897 is also called TRF4-2, which is quite similar to position 880 to 2340 of SEQ ID NO: 4 herein. The observation that a fragment of PAPD5 is upregulated slightly in hepatitis C positive cells does not provide any indication that inhibiting PAPD5 represents an effective therapy. WO 03/022987A2 does not disclose any hint that fragments of PAPD5 plays any critical role during hepatitis C infection at all. In addition, HCV and HBV are two completely different viruses leading to two completely different diseases with different etiologies, different progression and different medication. This is in line with the observation of the present inventors that the PAPD5 and PAPD7 inhibitors DHQ and THP are inactive against hepatitis C virus (HCV) or other viruses beside HBV (data not shown).
  • In WO 2010/040571 PAPD5 has been suggested in a long list of other genes as having a potential role in cell proliferation in metabolic and tumorous disease without the provision of any actual evidence.
  • In WO2013/166264 PAPD5 has been suggested in a long list of other genes as having a potential role in increasing viral replication without the provision of any actual evidence.
  • In WO 2017/066712 down regulation of PAPD5 in relation to the treatment and diagnosis of telomere diseases has been described. Five shRNA structures for this purpose have been described.
  • To our knowledge the expression of PAPD5 or PAPD7 has never been associated with HBV infection.
    • OBJECTIVE OF THE INVENTION
  • Thus, the technical problem underlying the present invention is the identification and provision of ameliorated means and methods for treating and/or preventing a HBV infection.
  • The technical problem is solved by the provision of the embodiments described herein and characterized in the claims.
    • SUMMARY OF INVENTION
  • One aspect of the present invention relates to a screening method, particularly to a method for identifying a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits a HBV infection, comprising:
  • (a) contacting a test compound with
  • (a1) PAPD5 polypeptide and/or PAPD7 polypeptide; or
  • (a2) a cell expressing PAPD5 and/or PAPD7;
  • (b) measuring the expression and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 in the presence and absence of said test compound; and
  • (c) identifying a compound that reduces the expression and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 as a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits a HBV infection.
  • A further aspect of the invention is a method for identifying a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits a HBV infection, comprising:
  • (a) contacting a test compound with
      • (i) PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 polypeptide; or
      • (ii) a cell expressing PAPD5 and/or PAPD7;
  • (b) measuring whether the test compound binds to the PAPD5 and/or to PAPD7 polypeptide;
  • (c) measuring whether the test compound inhibits propagation of HBV; and
  • (d) identifying a compound that binds to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 polypeptide and inhibits propagation of HBV as a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits a HBV infection.
  • A further aspect of the present invention is an inhibitor of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 for use in treating and/or preventing a HBV infection, wherein said inhibitor is
  • (a) a small molecule that binds to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7; or
  • (b) an antibody that specifically binds to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7.
  • The inhibitor for the use in treating or preventing HBV can be selected from compounds of Formula (I) or (II). In particular the inhibitors of Formula (III) and (IV) are useful in the invention.
    • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
  • The Figures show:
  • FIG. 1: Pictures from 1-by-1 experiment with HBX129653/HBX129654 chemical probes and the 3 prey fragments.
  • FIG. 2: Pictures from 1-by-1 experiment with HBX129653/HBX129654 chemical probes and PAPD5/7 full length proteins.
  • FIG. 3: Pictures from competition assay using HBX129653 (DHQ) and MOL653/654 for competition
  • FIG. 4: Pictures from competition assay using HBX129654 (THP) and MOL653/654 for competition
  • FIG. 5: Pictures from competition assay using HBX129653 (DHQ) and INACT653/INACT654 for competition. MOL653 was included as positive control.
  • FIG. 6: Pictures from competition assay using HBX129654 (THP) and INACT653/INACT654 for competition. MOL653 was included as positive control.
  • FIG. 7: (A) SiRNA knock-down (KD) of PAPD5 and PAPD7 in HBV-infected dHepaRG leads to reduction in HBV expression. Differentiated HepaRG cells were infected with HBV and treated with siRNA against either PAPD5, PAPD7 or both (25 nM each) one day prior to HBV infection and on day 4 post infection. Supernatant were harvested on day 11, levels of HBsAg and HBeAg secreted in the supernatant were measured by ELISA and normalized to non-treated control. Cell toxicity and inhibition of gene expression was measured subsequently and also normalized to the non-treated control. (B) The same experiment as described in (A) was performed, with the exception that only the level of HBsAg secreted in the supernatant was measured.
    •  DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • PAPD5 and PAPD7 are non-canonical poly(A)-polymerases that belong to the superfamily of polymerase β-like nucleotidyl transferases. In context of the present invention it has surprisingly been shown that a compound that is useful for the therapeutic intervention of a HBV infection can successfully be identified by analyzing whether a test compound inhibits PAPD5 and/or PAPD7. Or, in other words, inhibition of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 was identified in the appended examples as being an indicator for the efficacy of a compound to inhibit a HBV infection. The appended examples demonstrate that a dihydroquinolizinone compound having the formula (III) as shown herein below (herein called DHQ) and a tetrahydropyridopyrimidine compound having the formula (IV) as shown herein below (herein called THP) bind to PAPD5 and PAPD7 polypeptides. These compounds have the capacity to inhibit production of HBV surface antigen (HBsAg) and the expression of HBV RNA during HBV infection (WO 2015/113990 A1 and WO2016/177655). In addition, the appended examples show that inhibition of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 by using siRNA leads to an inhibition of viral expression, particularly of the secretion of HBsAg and HBeAg as well as of the production of intracellular HBV mRNA. These results directly indicate that by reducing the amount and/or activity (e.g. the amount) of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 an HBV infection (e.g. a chronic HBV infection) can be prevented or treated (i.e. ameliorated and/or inhibited). Thus, the present invention relates to a screening method, wherein a compound that reduces the expression and/or activity (e.g. the expression) of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 (e.g. of PAPD5 and PAPD7) is identified as a compound that prevents and/or treats (i.e. ameliorates and/or inhibits) a HBV infection.
  • It has been found in context of the present invention that a compound antagonizes (i.e. inhibits) PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 leads to inhibition of HBV gene expression and replication; and thus, prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits a HBV infection. Such a compound may lead to a reduction of the PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 expression and/or activity of 10-100%, preferably of 20-100%, more preferably of 30-100%, even more preferably of 40-100%, even more preferable of 50-100%, even more preferably of 60-100%, even more preferably of 70-100%, even more preferably of 80-100%, and most preferably of 90-100%.
  • In the herein provided screening method it is envisaged that the expression of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 is measured (i.e. analyzed/determined) by using in step (a) a cell expressing PAPD5 and/or PAPD7, i.e. (ai). The activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 may be measured (i.e. analyzed/determined) by using in step (a) either (ai) PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 polypeptide, e.g. in a cell-free preparation; or (aii) a cell expressing PAPD5 and/or PAPD7.
  • In one aspect of the invention, a compound that reduces the expression of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 (e.g. of PAPD5, preferably of PAPD5 and PAPD7) is identified as a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits (i.e. treats) HBV infection. In another aspect of the invention a compound that reduces the activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 (e.g. of PAPD5, preferably of PAPD5 and PAPD7) is identified as a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits (i.e. treats) a HBV infection. It is prioritized that a compound that reduces the expression and/or activity of PAPD5 or of both molecules, PAPD5 and PAPD7, is identified as a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits a HBV infection. Most preferably, a compound that reduces the expression and/or activity of both molecules, PAPD5 and PAPD7, is identified as a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits a HBV infection.
  • In accordance with the present invention a compound that prevents and/or treats (i.e. ameliorates and/or inhibits) a HBV infection can be identified (i.e. selected) by performing a first pre-selection step in order to identify a compound that binds to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7. Subsequently, in a second step, it may be evaluated whether a compound that has been identified as binding to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 inhibits propagation of HBV. Thus, the present invention relates to a further screening method, wherein a compound that binds to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 (e.g. to PAPD5 and PAPD7) and inhibits propagation of HBV is identified as a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits (i.e. treats) a HBV infection.
  • Thus, the invention relates to a method for identifying a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits a HBV infection, comprising:
  • (a) contacting a test compound with
  • (ai) PAPD5 polypeptide and/or PAPD7 polypeptide; or
  • (aii) a cell expressing PAPD5 and/or PAPD7;
  • (b) measuring whether the test compound binds to PAPD5 and/or to PAPD7;
  • (c) measuring whether the test compound inhibits propagation of HBV; and
  • (d) identifying a compound that binds to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 and inhibits propagation of HBV as a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits a HBV infection.
  • Thus, in accordance with the present invention a compound that binds to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 (e.g. to PAPD5, preferably to PAPD5 and PAPD7) and inhibits propagation of HBV is identified as a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits (i.e. treats) a HBV infection. It is prioritized that a compound that (i) binds to PAPD5, or that binds to both molecules, PAPD5 and PAPD7; and (ii) inhibits propagation of HBV, is identified as a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits a HBV infection. Most preferably, a compound that binds to both molecules, PAPD5 and PAPD7, and inhibits propagation of HBV, is identified as a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits a HBV infection.
  • The above described screening methods lead to the identification of a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits a HBV infection. It is prioritized that said compounds ameliorates and/or inhibits (i.e. treats) a HBV infection. Thus, the herein provided screening methods are useful in the identification of a compound that treats a HBV infection.
  • In the context of the present invention, PAPD5 may be the PAPD5 polypeptide or the PAPD5 mRNA. It is prioritized in context of the screening methods provided herein that PAPD5 is the PAPD5 polypeptide. One aspect of the present invention relates to the herein provided screening methods, wherein the PAPD5 polypeptide is a polypeptide comprising or consisting of
  • (a) the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2;
  • (b) an amino acid sequence having at least 80%, preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 95%, even more preferably at least 98%, and even more preferably at least 99% identity to an amino acid sequence of (a), wherein the polypeptide has poly-A polymerase function;
  • (c) the amino acid sequence of an enzymatically active fragment of SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2; or
  • (d) an amino acid sequence having at least 80%, preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 95%, even more preferably at least 98%, and even more preferably at least 99% identity to an amino acid sequence of (d), wherein the polypeptide has poly-A polymerase function.
  • Examples for enzymatically active fragments of SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2 (i.e. of PAPD5) are the nucleotidyltransferase domain at positions 145-256 of SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2, or the Cid1 poly A polymerase at positions 308-368 of SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2.
  • Another aspect of the present invention relates to the herein provided screening methods, wherein the cells expressing PAPD5 contain PAPD5 mRNA, a polynucleotide comprising or consisting of
  • (i) the nucleotide sequence encoding the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2;
  • (ii) a nucleotide sequence encoding an amino acid sequence having at least 80%, preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 95%, even more preferably at least 98%, and even more preferably at least 99% identity to SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2, wherein the polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide that has poly-A polymerase function;
  • (iii) the nucleotide sequence encoding an enzymatically active fragment of SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2;
  • (iv) a nucleotide sequence encoding an amino acid sequence having at least 80%, preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 95%, even more preferably at least 98%, and even more preferably at least 99% identity to an amino acid sequence of an enzymatically active fragment of SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2, wherein the polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide that has poly-A polymerase function;
  • (v) a nucleotide sequence comprising or consisting of SEQ ID NO: 4 or 5; or
  • (vi) a nucleotide sequence having at least 80%, preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 95%, even more preferably at least 98%, and even more preferably at least 99% identity to SEQ ID NO: 4 or 5, wherein the polypeptide expressed from the sequence has poly-A polymerase function; or
  • (vii) a pre-mRNA that when processed (i.e. spliced) leads to a polynucleotide of (v) or (vi).
  • In preferred embodiments, the PAPD5 mRNA may be a polynucleotide comprising or consisting of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 4 or 5. However, the PAPD5 mRNA may also be a polynucleotide comprising or consisting of a nucleotide sequence having at least 80%, preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 95%, even more preferably at least 98%, and even more preferably at least 99% identity to SEQ ID NO: 4 or 5, wherein the polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide that has poly-A polymerase function.
  • In context of the present invention PAPD7 may be the PAPD7 polypeptide or the PAPD7 mRNA. It is prioritized in context of the screening methods provided herein that PAPD7 is the PAPD7 polypeptide. One aspect of the present invention relates to the herein provided screening methods, wherein the PAPD7 polypeptide is a polypeptide comprising or consisting of
  • (a) the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3;
  • (b) an amino acid sequence having at least 80%, preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 95%, even more preferably at least 98%, and even more preferably at least 99% identity to an amino acid sequence of (a), wherein the polypeptide has poly-A polymerase function;
  • (c) the amino acid sequence of an enzymatically active fragment of SEQ ID NO: 3; or
  • (d) an amino acid sequence having at least 80%, preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 95%, even more preferably at least 98%, and even more preferably at least 99% identity to an amino acid sequence of (c), wherein the polypeptide has poly-A polymerase function.
  • Examples for enzymatically active fragments of SEQ ID NO: 3 (i.e. of PAPD7) are the nucleotidyltransferase domain at positions 15-125 of SEQ ID NO: 3; or the Cid1 family poly A polymerase at positions 178-238 of SEQ ID NO: 3.
  • Another aspect of the present invention relates to the herein provided screening methods, wherein the cells expressing PAPD7 contain PAPD7 mRNA, a polynucleotide comprising or consisting of
  • (i) the nucleotide sequence encoding the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3;
  • (ii) a nucleotide sequence encoding an amino acid sequence having at least 80%, preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 95%, even more preferably at least 98%, and even more preferably at least 99% identity to SEQ ID NO: 3, wherein the polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide that has poly-A polymerase function;
  • (iii) the nucleotide sequence encoding an enzymatically active fragment of SEQ ID NO: 3; or (iv) a nucleotide sequence encoding an amino acid sequence having at least 80%, preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 95%, even more preferably at least 98%, and even more preferably at least 99% identity to an amino acid sequence of an enzymatically active fragment of SEQ ID NO: 3, wherein the polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide that has poly-A polymerase function; or
  • (v) a nucleotide sequence comprising or consisting of SEQ ID NO: 6; or
  • (vi) a nucleotide sequence having at least 80%, preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 95%, even more preferably at least 98%, and even more preferably at least 99% identity to SEQ ID NO: 6, wherein the polypeptide expressed from the sequence has poly-A polymerase function; or
  • (vii) a pre-mRNA that when processed (i.e. spliced) leads to a polynucleotide of (v) or (vi).
  • In preferred embodiments, the PAPD7 mRNA may be a polynucleotide comprising or consisting of the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 6. However, the PAPD7 mRNA may also be a polynucleotide comprising or consisting of a nucleotide sequence having at least 80%, preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 95%, even more preferably at least 98%, and even more preferably at least 99% identity to SEQ ID NO: 6, wherein the polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide that has poly-A polymerase function.
  • In context of the present invention said cell may be a eukaryotic cell. For example, said cell may be a yeast cell or a vertebrate cell. Vertebrate cells include fish, avian, reptilian, amphibian, marsupial, and mammalian cells. Preferably, the cell is a mammalian cell, most preferably, a human cell. Mammalian cells also include feline, canine, bovine, equine, caprine, ovine, porcine murine, such as mice and rat, and rabbit cells. In the herein provided screening methods, the “cell” may endogenously express PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 or overexpress PAPD5 and/or PAPD7. For overexpressing PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 the cell may comprise the nucleotide sequence encoding the PAPD5 polypeptide and/or the PAPD7 polypeptide within an expression vector. In preferred embodiments the cell comprise a nucleotide sequence encoding the PAPD5 polypeptide and a nucleotide sequence encoding the PAPD7 polypeptide. The cell of the herein provided screening methods may be comprised in a non-human animal, e.g. a mouse, rat, rabbit or ferret.
  • In the above described screening method wherein the binding to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 is measured, a compound may be identified as a compound that binds to PAPD5 polypeptide and/or PAPD7 polypeptide if it has a particular binding affinity to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7. For example, the compound that binds to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 may have a dissociation constant (Kd) in the micromolar range; or, preferably, in the range of 100 nM to 1 pM.
  • In context of the present invention it may be measured (i.e. analyzed) whether the test compound specifically binds to PAPD5 polypeptide and/or PAPD7 polypeptide, i.e. whether the test compound exclusively or predominately binds to PAPAD5 and/or PAPD7. For example, it may be measured whether the test compound specifically binds to PAPD7. Preferably, it is measured whether the test compound specifically binds to PAPD5. More preferably it is measured whether the test compound binds to both, PAPD5 and PAPD7. For example, it may be measured whether the test compound specifically binds to PAPD5 and PAPD7.
  • For example, in the herein provided screening methods, binding of the test compound to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 may be measured by conducting a yeast 3 hybrid screen. The Y3H system is a modified version of the yeast two-hybrid (Y2H) system adapted for the detection of drug-protein interactions. It requires coupling of the drug of interest with a ligand that can be anchored to a DNA-binding protein inside yeast cells. The interaction of the anchored drug with a target protein is then detected by linking their association to the transcriptional activation of a reporter gene; see, e.g. Johnsson, Nature Chem Bio, 2011, 7: 375-383; and Licitra, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 1996, 12; 93(23):12817-21. In such a yeast 3 hybrid screen an inactive free compound may be used for competition against the labeled test compound.
  • Binding of a test compound to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 may also be measured by using Biacore, ChemoProteomics, or Microscale Thermophoresis.
  • A compound that inhibits the propagation of HBV may be a compound that reduces the expression of viral RNA, that reduces the production of viral DNA (HBV DNA) deriving from viral RNA (HBV RNA), that reduces the production of new viral particles (HBV particles), and/or that produces production and/or secretion of HBsAg and/or HBeAg. Thus, one aspect of the present invention relates to the herein provided screening methods, wherein the compound that inhibits propagation of HBV inhibits secretion of HBsAg, inhibits secretion of HBeAg, and/or inhibits production of intracellular HBV mRNA or HBV DNA. Preferably, a compound that inhibits the propagation of HBV is a compound that inhibits secretion of HBsAg, secretion of HBeAg and production of intracellular HBV mRNA.
  • For example, a compound that inhibits propagation of HBV may reduce the expression of viral RNA (HBV RNA), the production of viral DNA (HBV DNA) deriving from viral RNA, the production of new viral particles (HBV particles), the production and/or secretion of HBsAg and/or HBeAg by 10-100%, preferably by 20-100%, more preferably by 30-100%, even more preferably by 40-100%, even more preferable by 50-100%, even more preferably by 60-100%, even more preferably by 70-100%, even more preferably by 80-100%, and most preferably by 90-100%, when compared the untreated cells or animals or cell or animal treated with an appropriate control.
  • The herein provided screening methods may additionally comprise the step of comparing the test compound to a control. Said control may be an inactive test compound, wherein said inactive test compound is a compound that:
  • (i) does not reduce the expression and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7; and/or
  • (ii) does not bind to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 and does not inhibit propagation of HBV.
  • This inactive test compound has no activity against HBV, e.g. it does not lead to inhibition of secretion of HBsAg and HBeAg and to inhibition of production of intracellular HBV mRNA. For example, the inactive test compound may have an IC50 value in the inhibition of HBsAg of more than 3 In the herein provided screening method, the inactive test compound may be the compound “DHQ compound inactive” or the compound “THP compound inactive” as defined in the appended examples. In the screening method wherein expression and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 is measured, the test compound as defined above in (i) may be used. Alternatively, in the screening method wherein binding to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 is measured, the test compound as defined above in (ii) may be used. An inactive compound can be designed from an active one, e.g., by chemical modification and/or chiral separation.
  • In the herein provided screening methods, the activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 in the presence and absence of the test compound may be measured, e.g. by monitoring the in vitro polyadenylation of mRNA, e.g., as described in Rammelt, RNA, 2011, 17:1737-1746. In brief, a ribo-oligonucleotide A15 may be incubated with recombinant PAPD5 protein expressed in Escherichia coli in the presence of ATP(A), CTP (C), GTP(G), UTP(U), or a mixture of all four dNTPs, respectively.
  • The expression of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 in the presence and absence of the test compound may be measured, e.g. by using (q)PCR, western blot, or MassSpec.
  • Inhibition of propagation of HBV may be measured, e.g., by measuring whether the test compound has the activity to inhibit secretion of HBsAg and/or of HBeAg, and/or to inhibit production of intracellular HBV mRNA. Inhibition of secretion of HBsAg and/or HBeAg may be measured by ELISA, e.g. by using the CLIA ELISA Kit (Autobio Diagnostic) according to the manufacturers' instructions. Inhibition of production of intracellular HBV mRNA may be measured by real-time PCR, e.g. as described in the appended examples. Further methods for evaluating whether a test compound inhibits propagation of HBV are measuring secretion of HBV DNA by RT-qPCR e.g. as described in WO 2015/173208; Northern Blot; in-situ hybridization, or immuno-fluorescence.
  • For performing the herein provided screening methods publicly or commercially available molecule libraries may be used. Thus, in context of the invention the said test compound may be
  • (i) a small molecule of a screening library; or
  • (ii) a peptide of a phage display library, of an antibody fragment library, or derived from a cDNA library.
  • For example, the cDHA Human Liver (HLV) library or the cDNA Human Placenta (PLA) library of Hybrigenics Services SAS may be used.
  • In the herein provided screening method wherein the activity of PAPD5 polypeptide and/or PAPD7 polypeptide is measured, said activity of PAPD5 and PAPD7 is preferably the poly-A polymerase function (i.e. the poly-A polymerase activity). The poly-A polymerase function/activity of a polypeptide (e.g. of PAPD5 or PAPD7) may be measured, e.g. by monitoring the in vitro polyadenylation of mRNA, e.g. as described in Rammelt, RNA, 2011, 17:1737-1746. This method can also be used to measure the poly-A polymerase function of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 in the presence and absence of a test compound.
  • The appended examples demonstrate that by inhibiting PAPD5 and/or PDPD7 polypeptide, the secretion of HBsAg and HBeAg as well as production of intracellular HBV mRNA can effectively be inhibited. These data demonstrate that an inhibitor of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 can be used to prevent and/or treat a HBV infection.
  • Several compounds that have a certain efficacy in the treatment of a HBV infection have been described in the art (see, e.g. WO 2015/113990 A1 and WO 2016/177655). However, in context of the present invention it has surprisingly been found that anti-HBV agents that are completely different in structure (e.g. DHQ and THP) surprisingly and specifically bind to PAPD5 and PAPD7. In addition, the prior art also encompass agents less active in the inhibition of HBsAg production. Such agents have been shown in the appended examples to have less binding affinity to PAPD5 and PAPD7 (see, e.g., “DHQ inactive”). Indeed, the appended examples demonstrate a clear correlation between activity of the compound against a HBV infection and binding affinity towards PAPD5 and PAPD7. Thus, selectively using an anti-HBV agent that binds to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 leads to particularly high anti-HBV efficacy. Furthermore, the present invention shows for the first time that a compound that inhibits PAPD5, PAPD7, or particularly PAPD5 and PAPD7 has an extraordinary high activity in terms of inhibition of secretion of HBsAg and HBeAg as well as of production of intracellular HBV mRNA. Reduction of secretion of HBsAg and HBeAg inhibits development of chronic HBV infection more effectively as compared to the reduction of secretion of HBsAg alone. In addition, inhibition of secresion of HBsAg and HBeAg reduces the infectiousness of a HBV infected person. Furthermore, reducing HBeAg in an expected mother may also inhibit the development of a chronic HBV infection of her child. Thus, the present invention unexpectedly demonstrates that selectively using compounds that inhibit PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 leads to an improved therapeutic success in the treatment of a HBV infection in terms of a considerably more effective reduction of HBsAg and HBeAg.
  • Accordingly, an aspect of the present invention is use of an inhibitor of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 in the treatment of HBV infection, in particular a chronic HBV infection. In a further embodiment the invention relates to the use of an inhibitor of a PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 in reduction of the viral antigens HBsAg and HBeAg.
  • Thus, the present invention relates to an inhibitor of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 for use in treating and/or preventing a HBV infection, wherein said inhibitor is
  • (i) a small molecule that binds to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7;
  • (ii) a RNA interference (RNAi) molecule against PAPD5 and/or PAPD7;
  • (iii) an antibody that specifically binds to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7; or
  • (iv) a genome editing machinery, comprising:
  • (a) a site-specific DNA nuclease or a polynucleotide encoding a site-specific DNA nuclease; and
  • (b) a guide RNA or a polynucleotide encoding a guide RNA.
  • The inhibitor of the present invention may also be a PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 specific locked nucleic acid (LNA) molecule.
  • It is envisaged that the inhibitor of the invention is used for treating (e.g. ameliorating) a HBV infection.
  • The inhibitor may be a molecule that specifically inhibits PAPD7. Preferably, the inhibitor is a molecule that specifically inhibits PAPD5. More preferably, the inhibitor inhibits both, PAPD5 and PAPD7. Thus, it is prioritized that the inhibitor of the present invention either inhibits PAPD5 or both, PAPD5 and PAPD7. Most preferably, the inhibitor of the present invention inhibits PAPD5 and PAPD7. In one aspect of the invention the inhibitor of the present invention inhibits both, PAPD5 and PAPD7 and leads to a reduction of secretion of HBsAg and/or HBeAg of at least 50% as compared to the no drug control (i.e. compared to cells or subjects to which no drug has been administrated).
  • The inhibitor of the present invention may have an IC50 value in the inhibition of HBsAg and HBeAg of below 3 μM, preferably of below 2 μM, more preferably belo 1 μM, more preferably below 0.1 μM, and most preferably below 0.01 μM.
  • Genome editing by using a site-specific DNA nuclease (such as Cas9 or Cpf1) and a guide RNA is commonly known in the art and described, e.g., in “CRISPR-Cas: A Laboratory Manual”, 2016, edited by Jennifer Doudna, ISBN 978-1-621821-31-1.
  • For example, if said site-specific DNA nuclease is a Cas9 nuclease, then the genome editing machinery preferably further comprises:
  • (i) at least one guide RNA consisting of at least one target sequence specific CRISPR RNA (crRNA) molecule and at least one trans-activating crRNA (tracrRNA) molecule;
  • (ii) a polynucleotide encoding the RNA molecules of (i);
  • (iii) at least one guide RNA, which is a chimeric RNA molecule comprising at least one target sequence specific crRNA and at least one tracrRNA; or
  • (iv) a polynucleotide encoding the chimeric RNA of (iii).
  • In an alternative example the site-specific DNA nuclease is a Cpf1 nuclease, and the genome editing machinery preferably further comprises:
  • (i) at least one guide RNA comprising a target sequence specific CRISPR RNA (crRNA) molecule; or
  • (ii) a polynucleotide encoding the RNA molecules of (i).
  • The herein provided inhibitor of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 may also be a genome editing machinery that comprises at least one pre-assembled Cas9 protein-guide RNA ribonucleoprotein complex (RNP).
  • Herein, the guide RNA is designed to target the genomic PAPD5 or PAPD7 DNA. Alternatively, several guide RNAs are used, so that the genomic DNA of PAPD5 and of PAPD7 can be targeted. Inhibition of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 may be achieved by introducing frame-shift knockout mutations into the genomic PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 DNA through non-homologous end-joining (NHEJ), or by modifying the genomic PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 DNA through homology-directed repair (HDR). How these mechanisms can be induced is commonly known in the art and described, e.g., in Heidenreich, 2016, Nat Rev Neurosci 17 36-44.
  • The inhibitor of the present invention may be a naturally occurring molecule, e.g. a naturally occurring antibody or a naturally occurring RNAi molecule. However, the inhibitor of the present invention may also be a non-naturally occurring molecule. For example, the inhibitor of the invention may be an antibody having an amino acid sequence that is not identical to naturally occurring antibodies or may be an antibody comprising at least one non-naturally occurring amino acid residue such as synthetic amino acids providing similar side chain functionality. For example, aromatic amino acids may be replaced with D- or L-naphthylalanine, D- or L-phenylglycine, D- or L-2-thienylalanine, D- or L-1-, 2-, 3-, or 4-pyrenylalanine, D- or L-3-thienylalanine, D- or L-(2-pyridinyl)-alanine, D- or L-(3-pyridinyl)-alanine, D- or L-(2-pyrazinyl)-alanine, D- or L-(4-isopropyl)-phenylglycine, D-(trifluoromethyl)-phenylglycine, D-(trifluoromethyl)-phenylalanine, D-p-fluorophenylalanine, D- or L-pbiphenylalanine D- or L-p-methoxybiphenylalanine, D- or L-2-indole(alkyl)alanines, and D- or Lalkylalanines wherein the alkyl group is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted methyl, ethyl, propyl, hexyl, butyl, pentyl, isopropyl, iso-butyl, and iso-pentyl. Non-carboxylate amino acids can be made to possess a negative charge, as provided by phosphono- or sulfated amino acids, which are to be considered as non-limiting examples. Further non-natural amino acids are alkylated amino acids, made by combining an alkyl group with any natural amino acid. Basic natural amino acids such as lysine and arginine may be substituted with alkyl groups at the amine (NH2) functionality. Yet other substitutions on non-natural amino acids include nitrile derivatives (e.g., containing a CN-moiety in place of the CONH2 functionality) of asparagine or glutamine, and sulfoxide derivative of methionine.
  • Analogously, the inhibitor of the invention may be a RNAi molecule having a nucleotide sequence that is not identical to naturally occurring RNAi molecules or may be a RNAi molecule comprising at least one non-naturally occurring nucleotides, such as a oligonucleotide thiophosphate, a substituted ribo-oligonucleotide, a LNA molecule, a PNA molecule, a GNA (glycol nucleic acid) molecule, a TNA (threose nucleic acid) molecule, a morpholino polynucleotide, or a nucleic acid with a modified backbone such as polysiloxane, 2′-O-(2-methoxy) ethyl-phosphorothioate, or a nucleic acid with a substituent, such as methyl-, thio-, sulphate, benzoyl-, phenyl-, amino-, propyl-, chloro-, and methanocarbanucleoside, or a reporter molecule to facilitate its detection. The inhibitor of the invention may also be naturally occurring or a non-naturally occurring small molecule or genome editing machinery.
  • In context of the present invention, the herein provided inhibitor may
  • (i) bind to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 polypeptide; and/or
  • (ii) inhibit expression and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7.
  • For example, the inhibitor of the present invention may bind to PAPD5 polypeptide and inhibit activity of PAPD5 polypeptide. In another example, the inhibitor of the present invention binds to PAPD7 polypeptide and inhibits activity of PAPD7 polypeptide. It is prioritized herein that the inhibitor binds to both, PAPD5 and PAPD7 polypeptide and inhibits the activity of both, PAPD5 and PAPD7 polypeptide. The inhibitor of the present invention may inhibit the expression of PAPD5 or PAPD7; or may inhibit the expression of both, PAPD5 and PAPD7.
  • As described above, in context of the present invention it has been shown that a compound that inhibits PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 has a high activity in terms of inhibition of secretion of HBsAg and HBeAg as well as of production of intracellular HBV mRNA. Therefore, the inhibitor of the present invention reduces secretion of HBsAg and HBeAg. Due to the reduction of HBsAg secretion the inhibitor of the present invention inhibits development of chronic HBV infection. In particular, due to inhibition of HBeAg secretion, the inhibitor of the present invention more efficiently inhibits development of a chronic HBV infection as compared to a compound that only reduces secretion of HBsAg. In addition, reducing HBeAg in an expected mother may also inhibit the development of a chronic HBV infection of her child. Thus, due to the reduction of HBeAg secretion the inhibitor of the present invention inhibits development of a chronic HBV infection (such as development of a chronic HBV infection in the offspring of an HBV infected mother) and reduces the infectiousness of a HBV infected person. Accordingly, one aspect of the present invention related to the herein provided inhibitor, wherein the inhibitor reduces secretion of HBsAg and HBeAg. In line with this, a further aspect of the invention relates to the herein provided inhibitor, wherein the inhibitor inhibits development of chronic HBV infection and reduces the infectiousness of a HBV infected person. In a particular aspect of the invention, the herein provided inhibitor inhibits development of a chronic HBV infection in the offspring of a HBV infected mother. This mother is preferably HBeAg positive.
  • The subject to be treated with the inhibitor of the invention (or which prophylactically receives the inhibitor of the present invention) is preferably a human, more preferably a human patient who is HBsAg positive and/or HBeAg positive, even more preferably a human patient that is HBsAg positive and HBeAg positive. Said human patient may be an expected mother, e.g. an expected mother who is HBeAg positive and/or HBsAg positive, more preferably an expected mother who is HBeAg positive and HBsAg positive.
  • Compounds of the Invention
  • As described above, the inhibitor of the present invention may be a small molecule. For example, the inhibitor of the invention may be the compound of formula (I) or (II):
  • Figure US20220096527A1-20220331-C00001
  • wherein
  • R1 is hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkylamino or C1-6alkoxy;
  • R2 is hydrogen; halogen; C1-6alkyl, which is unsubstituted or once, twice or three times substituted by fluoro; C1-6alkoxy, which is unsubstituted or once, twice or three times substituted by fluoro; cyano; C3-7cycloalkyl; hydroxy or phenyl-CxH2x—O—;
  • R3 is hydrogen;
  • halogen;
  • C1-6alkyl, which is unsubstituted or once, twice or three times substituted by fluoro;
  • cyano;
  • pyrrolidinyl;
  • amino;
  • phenyl-CxH2x—N(C1-6alkyl)-;
  • C1-6alkoxycarbonylpiperazinyl;
  • or R7—O—, wherein R7 is hydrogen; C1-8alkyl, which is unsubstituted or substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from fluoro, hydroxy and C2-6alkenyl; C1-6alkoxyC1-6alkyl; C1-6alkoxyC1-6alkoxyC1-6alkyl; aminoC1-6alkyl; C1-6alkylcarbonylaminoC1-8alkyl; C1-6alkylsulfonylaminoC1-8alkyl; C1-6alkylsulfanylC1-6alkyl; C1-6alkylsulfonylC1-8alkyl; cyanoC1-6alkyl; C3-7cycloalkylC1-6alkyl; cyanoC3-7cycloalkylC1-6alkyl; phenylC1-6alkyl; pyrrolidinylcarbonylC1-6alkyl; C2-6alkynyl; hydroxyC1-6alkylC2-6alkynyl; aminoC1-6alkoxyC1-6alkyl; C1-6alkylaminoC1-6alkoxyC1-6alkyl; diC1-6alkylaminoC1-6alkoxyC1-6alkyl; carboxyC1-6alkyl; or C1-6alkoxycarbonylaminoC1-8alkyl; heteroarylC1-6alkyl, wherein heteroaryl is N-containing monocyclic heteroaryl; or heterocycloalkylC1-6alkyl, wherein heterocycloalkyl is monocyclic heterocycloalkyl;
  • R4 is hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl, cyano or C1-6alkoxy;
  • provided that R1, R2, R3 and R4 are not hydrogen simultaneously;
  • R5 is hydrogen or C1-6alkyl;
  • R6 is hydrogen; C1-6alkyl, which is unsubstituted or once, twice or three times substituted by fluoro; C3-7cycloalkyl, which is unsubstituted or once, twice or three times substituted by fluoro or C1-6alkyl; or phenyl-CxH2x—;
  • x is 1-6;
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or an enantiomer thereof, or a diastereomer thereof;
  • Figure US20220096527A1-20220331-C00002
  • wherein
  • R1 is C1-6alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, haloC1-6alkyl, hydroxyC1-6alkyl, nitroC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxycarbonylC1-6alkyl, carboxyC1-6alkyl, di(C1-6alkoxycarbonyl)methylenyl, cyanoC1-6alkyl, C3-7cycloalkylC1-6alkyl, phenylC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkylsulfanylC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkylsufonylC1-6alkyl, aminoC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkylcarbonylaminoC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkylsufonylaminoC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxycarbonyl aminoC1-6alkyl, aminocarbonylC1-6alkyl, diC1-6alkylaminocarbonylC1-6alkyl, monocyclic heterocycloalkylC1-6alkyl or imidazolylC1-6alkyl;
  • R2 is aryl or heteroaryl, said aryl or heteroaryl being unsubstituted, or substituted by one, two, three or four substituents independently selected from C1-6alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, halogen, haloC1-6alkyl, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, haloC1-6alkoxy, —O—CxH2x—R3, —O—CyH2y—NHR6, —NR9R19, —SO2—R11, —SO2—NR12R13, carboxy, C1-6alkoxycarbonyl, —C(═O)—NR12R13, aryl, heteroaryl, monocyclic heterocycloalkyl and —O-monocyclic heterocycloalkyl; wherein monocyclic heterocycloalkyl is unsubstituted or substituted by C1-6alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C1-6alkylcarbonyl, C1-6alkylsufonyl or C1-6alkoxycarbonyl;
  • R3 is hydrogen; C3-7cycloalkyl; haloC3-7cycloalkyl; hydroxy; hydroxyC1-6alkylC3-7cycloalkyl; C1-6alkoxy; monocyclic heterocycloalkyl; monocyclic heterocycloalkyl substituted by C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkylcarbonyl, C1-6alkylsufonyl, C3-7cycloalkyl or C1-6alkoxycarbonyl; —C(═O)—R4; C1-6alkylsulfinyl; —SO2—R5; —C(NHR7)—C(═O)—R8; carboxyC1-6alkoxy or aminocarbonylC1-6alkoxy; wherein
  • R4 is hydroxy, C1-6alkoxy, amino, C1-6alkylamino, tetrahydrofuranylamino, pyrrolidinyl or morpholinyl;
  • R5 is C1-6alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, hydroxy, amino, C1-6alkylamino or diC1-6alkylamino;
  • R7 is hydrogen or C1-6alkoxycarbonyl;
  • R8 is hydroxy or C1-6alkoxy;
  • R6 is hydrogen, C1-6alkylcarbonyl, haloC1-6alkylcarbonyl, C1-6alkoxycarbonyl,
  • C1-6alkylsulfonyl, C3-7cycloalkylsulfonyl or C1-6alkoxyC1-6alkylsulfonyl;
  • R9 and R19 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C1-6alkylcarbonyl, C1-6alkylsulfonyl, C3-7cycloalkylcarbonyl and C3-7cycloalkylsulfonyl; or
  • R9 and R19 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form monocyclic heterocycloalkyl;
  • R11 is C1-6alkyl, haloC1-6alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, haloC3-7cycloalkyl, hydroxyC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxyC1-6alkyl, haloC1-6alkoxyC1-6alkyl, C3-7cycloalkylC1-6alkyl, aminoC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkylaminoC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkylcarbonylaminoC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkylsulfonylaminoC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxycarbonylaminoC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkylsulfenylC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkylsulfanylC1-6alkyl or C1-6alkylsulfonylC1-6alkyl;
  • R12 and R13 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxyC1-6alkyl, haloC1-6alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl and haloC3-7cycloalkyl; or
  • R12 and R13 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form monocyclic heterocycloalkyl;
  • x is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8;
  • y is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8;
  • U, W and Z are independently selected from CH and N;
  • one of X and Y is N, and the other one is CH or N;
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or an enantiomer, or a diastereomer thereof.
  • In one aspect of the invention 6-methyl-2-oxo-9-pyrrolidin-1-yl-6,7-dihydrobenzo[a]quinolizine-3-carboxylic acid, 9-fluoro-6-methyl-2-oxo-6,7-dihydrobenzo[a]quinolizine-3-carboxylic acid, and 9,10-difluoro-6-methyl-2-oxo-6,7-dihydrobenzo[a]quinolizine-3-carboxylic acid are excluded from the compound of formula (I).
  • In one particular embodiment of the present invention the compounds of formulae (I) and (II) are excluded from the inhibitor of the present invention. Thus, one embodiment of the present invention relates to the inhibitor of the present invention, wherein said inhibitor is not a compound according to formula (I) or (II).
  • As described above, the appended examples demonstrate that the anti-HBV agents DHQ (i.e. a compound of formula (III)) and THP (i.e. a compound of formula (IV)) effectively bind to PAPD5 and PAPD7. Thus, it is prioritized in context of the invention that the inhibitor of the invention is the compound of formula (III) or (IV):
  • Figure US20220096527A1-20220331-C00003
  • In the appended examples also derivatives of the compounds of formulae (III) and (IV) having a linker and anchor ligand have been shown to have binding affinity to PAPD5 and PAPD7. These derivatives are shown below as formulae (V) and (VI), respectively. Thus, in one aspect of the present invention the inhibitor of the invention is the compound of formula (V) or (VI):
  • Figure US20220096527A1-20220331-C00004
  • In context of the present invention the inhibitor of the invention may be the compound according to formula (I), wherein the inhibitor is any one of the compounds as defined in items (1)-(19), below:
  • 1. A compound according to formula (I), wherein
  • R1 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, bromo, methyl, methylamino, methoxy or ethoxy;
  • R2 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, bromo, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, trifluoromethoxy, cyano, cyclopropyl, hydroxy or phenylmethyl-O—;
  • R3 is hydrogen, bromo, methyl, propyl, trifluoromethyl, cyano, phenylmethyl-N(methyl)-, tert-butoxycarbonylpiperazinyl, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, difluoromethylmethyl-O—, difluoromethylethyl-O—, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethylmethyl-O—, trifluoromethylethyl-O—, ethyldifluoromethyl-O—, vinyldifluoromethyl-O—, propargyl-O—, hydroxymethylpropargyl-O—, methoxyethyl-O—, methoxypropyl-O—, methoxybutyl-O—, ethoxyethyl-O—, methoxyethyl-O-ethyl-O—, aminoethyl-O—, aminopentyl-O—, aminohexyl-O—, aminooctyl-O—, tert-butoxycarbonylaminopentyl-O—, tert-butoxycarbonylaminohexyl-O—, tert-butoxycarbonylaminooctyl-O—, methylcarbonylaminoethyl-O—, methylcarbonylaminopentyl-O—, methylsulfonylaminoethyl-O—, methylsulfonylaminopentyl-O—, methylsulfonylethyl-O—, methylsulfonylpropyl-O—, methylsulfanylpropyl-O—, cyanopropyl-O—, cyanocyclopropylmethyl-O—, cyclopropylmethyl-O—, cyclohexylethyl-O—, hydroxyethyl-O—, hydroxypropyl-O—, hydroxy-dimethylpropyl-O—, hydroxy-difluoropropyl-O—, hydroxybutyl-O—, hydroxypentyl-O—, hydroxyhexyl-O—, aminoethyl-O-propyl-O—, ethylamino-ethyl-O-propyl-O—, imidazolylethyl-O—, pyrazolylpropyl-O—, triazolylpropyl-O—, morpholinylethyl-O—, morpholinylpropyl-O—, (2-oxo-pyrrolidinyl)ethyl-O—, (2-oxo-pyrrolidinyl)propyl-O—, phenylmethyl-O—, phenylethyl-O—, pyrrolidinylethyl-O—, pyrrolidinylpropyl-O—, pyrrolidinylcarbonylmethyl-O—, tetrahydropyranylmethyl-O— or carboxypropyl-O—;
  • R4 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, bromo, methyl or cyano;
  • provided that R1, R2, R3 and R4 are not hydrogen simultaneously;
  • R5 is hydrogen or methyl;
  • R6 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethylmethyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, methylcyclopropyl or phenylmethyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or an enantiomer, or a diastereomer thereof.
  • 2. A compound according to formula (I), wherein
  • R1 is hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkylamino or C1-6alkoxy;
  • R2 is hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxy, C3-7cycloalkyl, hydroxy or phenyl-CxH2x—O—;
  • R3 is hydrogen;
  • halogen;
  • C1-6alkyl;
  • cyano;
  • phenyl-CxH2x—N(C1-6alkyl)-;
  • C1-6alkoxycarbonylpiperazinyl;
  • or R7—O—, wherein R7 is hydrogen; C1-6alkyl, which is unsubstituted or substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from fluoro, hydroxy and C2-6alkenyl; C1-6alkoxyC1-6alkyl; C1-6alkoxyC1-6alkoxyC1-6alkyl; aminoC1-8alkyl; C1-6alkylcarbonylaminoC1-8alkyl; C1-6alkylsulfonylaminoC1-8alkyl; C1-6alkylsulfanylC1-6alkyl; C1-6alkylsulfonylC1-6alkyl; cyanoC1-6alkyl; C3-7cycloalkylC1-6alkyl; cyanoC3-7cycloalkylC1-6alkyl; phenylC1-6alkyl; pyrrolidinylcarbonylC1-6alkyl; C2-6alkynyl; hydroxyC1-6alkylC2-6alkynyl; aminoC1-6alkoxyC1-6alkyl; C1-6alkylaminoC1-6alkoxyC1-6alkyl; carboxyC1-6alkyl; C1-6alkoxycarbonylaminoC1-8alkyl; heteroarylC1-6alkyl, wherein heteroaryl is N-containing monocyclic heteroaryl; or heterocycloalkylC1-6alkyl, wherein heterocycloalkyl is monocyclic heterocycloalkyl;
  • R4 is hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl or cyano;
  • provided that R1, R2, R3 and R4 are not hydrogen simultaneously;
  • R5 is hydrogen or C1-6alkyl;
  • R6 is hydrogen; C1-6alkyl, which is unsubstituted or once, twice or three times substituted by fluoro; C3-7cycloalkyl; C1-6alkylC3-7cycloalkyl; or phenyl-CxH2x—;
  • x is 1-6;
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or enantiomer, or a diastereomer thereof.
  • 3. A compound according to formula (I) or according to item 1 or 2, wherein R1 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, bromo, methylamino, methoxy or ethoxy;
  • R2 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, cyclopropyl, hydroxy or phenylmethyl-O—;
  • R3 is hydrogen, bromo, methyl, propyl, cyano, phenylmethyl-N(methyl)-, tert-butoxycarbonylpiperazinyl, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, isobutoxy, difluoromethylmethyl-O—, difluoromethylethyl-O—, trifluoromethylmethyl-O—, ethyldifluoromethyl-O—, vinyldifluoromethyl-O—, propargyl-O—, hydroxymethylpropargyl-O—, methoxyethyl-O—, methoxypropyl-O—, methoxybutyl-O—, ethoxyethyl-O—, methoxyethyl-O-ethyl-O—, aminoethyl-O—, aminopentyl-O—, aminohexyl-O—, aminooctyl-O—, tert-butoxycarbonylaminopentyl-O—, tert-butoxycarbonylaminohexyl-O—, tert-butoxycarbonylaminooctyl-O—, methylcarbonylaminoethyl-O—, methylcarbonylaminopentyl-O—, methylsulfonylaminoethyl-O—, methylsulfonylaminopentyl-O—, methylsulfonylethyl-O—, methylsulfonylpropyl-O—, methylsulfanylpropyl-O—, cyanopropyl-O—, cyanocyclopropylmethyl-O—, cyclopropylmethyl-O—, cyclohexylethyl-O—, hydroxyethyl-O—, hydroxypropyl-O—, hydroxy-dimethylpropyl-O—, hydroxy-difluoropropyl-O—, hydroxybutyl-O—, hydroxypentyl-O—, hydroxyhexyl-O—, aminoethyl-O-propyl-O—, ethylamino-ethyl-O-propyl-O—, imidazolylethyl-O—, pyrazolylpropyl-O—, triazolylpropyl-O—, morpholinylethyl-O—, morpholinylpropyl-O—, (2-oxo-pyrrolidinyl)ethyl-O—, (2-oxo-pyrrolidinyl)propyl-O—, phenylmethyl-O—, phenylethyl-O—, pyrrolidinylethyl-O—, pyrrolidinylpropyl-O—, pyrrolidinylcarbonylmethyl-O—, tetrahydropyranylmethyl-O— or carboxypropyl-O—;
  • R4 is hydrogen, chloro, bromo, methyl or cyano;
  • provided that R1, R2, R3 and R4 are not hydrogen simultaneously;
  • R5 is hydrogen or methyl;
  • R6 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethylmethyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, methylcyclopropyl or phenylmethyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or enantiomer, or a diastereomer thereof.
  • 4. A compound according to formula (I) or item 2, wherein the compound is the compound of formula (IA):
  • Figure US20220096527A1-20220331-C00005
  • wherein
  • R1 is hydrogen, halogen or C1-6alkoxy;
  • R2 is hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxy, C3-7cycloalkyl, hydroxy or phenyl-CxH2x—O—;
  • R4 is hydrogen or halogen;
  • R5 is hydrogen or C1-6alkyl;
  • R5 is hydrogen; C1-6alkyl, which is unsubstituted or once, twice or three times substituted by fluoro; C3-7cycloalkyl; C1-6alkylC3-7cycloalkyl; or phenyl-CxH2x—;
  • R7 is hydrogen; C1-6alkyl, which is unsubstituted or substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from fluoro, hydroxy and ethenyl; C1-6alkoxyC1-6alkyl; C1-6alkoxyC1-6alkoxyC1-6alkyl; aminoC1-6alkyl; C1-6alkylcarbonylaminoC1-6alkyl; C1-6alkylsulfonylaminoC1-6alkyl; C1-6alkylsulfanylC1-6alkyl; C1-6alkylsulfonylC1-6alkyl; cyanoC1-6alkyl; C3-7cycloalkylC1-6alkyl; cyanoC3-7cycloalkylC1-6alkyl; phenylC1-6alkyl; pyrrolidinylcarbonylC1-6alkyl; C2-6alkynyl; hydroxyC1-6alkylC2-6alkynyl; aminoC1-6alkoxyC1-6alkyl; C1-6alkylaminoC1-6alkoxyC1-6alkyl; carboxyC1-6alkyl; C1-6alkoxycarbonylaminoC1-8alkyl; heteroarylC1-6alkyl, wherein heteroaryl is N-containing monocyclic heteroaryl; or heterocycloalkylC1-6alkyl, wherein heterocycloalkyl is monocyclic heterocycloalkyl;
  • x is 1-6;
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or enantiomer, or a diastereomer thereof.
  • 5. A compound according to item 4, wherein
  • R1 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro or methoxy;
  • R2 is hydrogen, fluoro, chloro, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, cyclopropyl, hydroxy or phenylmethyl-O—;
  • R4 is hydrogen or chloro;
  • R5 is hydrogen or methyl;
  • R6 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethylmethyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, methylcyclopropyl or phenylmethyl;
  • R7 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, difluoromethylmethyl, difluoromethylethyl, trifluoromethylmethyl, ethyldifluoromethyl, vinyldifluoromethyl, propargyl, hydroxymethylpropargyl, methoxyethyl, methoxypropyl, methoxybutyl, ethoxyethyl, methoxyethyl-O-ethyl, aminoethyl, aminopentyl, aminohexyl, aminooctyl, tert-butoxycarbonylaminopentyl, tert-butoxycarbonylaminohexyl, tert-butoxycarbonylaminooctyl, methylcarbonylaminoethyl, methylcarbonylaminopentyl, methylsulfonylaminoethyl, methylsulfonylaminopentyl, methylsulfonylethyl, methylsulfonylpropyl, methylsulfanylpropyl, cyanopropyl, cyanocyclopropylmethyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclohexylethyl, hydroxyethyl, hydroxypropyl, hydroxy-dimethylpropyl, hydroxy-difluoropropyl, hydroxybutyl, hydroxypentyl, hydroxyhexyl, aminoethyl-O-propyl, ethylamino-ethyl-O-propyl-, imidazolylethyl, pyrazolyipropyl, triazolylpropyl, morpholinylethyl, morpholinylpropyl, (2-oxo-pyrrolidinyl)ethyl, (2-oxo-pyrrolidinyl)propyl, phenylmethyl, phenylethyl, pyrrolidinylethyl, pyrrolidinylpropyl, pyrrolidinylcarbonylmethyl, tetrahydropyranylmethyl or carboxypropyl;
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or enantiomer, or a diastereomer thereof.
  • 6. A compound according to item 4, wherein
  • R1 is hydrogen or halogen;
  • R2 is C1-6alkyl, halogen or C3-7cycloalkyl;
  • R4 is hydrogen;
  • R5 is hydrogen or C1-6alkyl;
  • R6 is C1-6alkyl or C1-6alkylC3-7cycloalkyl;
  • R7 is C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxyC1-6alkyl; or phenylC1-6alkyl;
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or enantiomer, or a diastereomer thereof.
  • 7. A compound according to item 6, wherein
  • R1 is hydrogen, fluoro or chloro;
  • R2 is methyl, ethyl, fluoro, chloro or cyclopropyl;
  • R4 is hydrogen;
  • R5 is hydrogen or methyl;
  • R6 is methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl or methylcyclopropyl;
  • R7 is methyl, ethyl, methoxyethyl, methoxypropyl or phenylmethyl;
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or enantiomer, or a diastereomer thereof.
  • 8. A compound according to item 4, wherein wherein
  • R1 is hydrogen;
  • R2 is C1-6alkoxy;
  • R4 is hydrogen or halogen;
  • R5 is hydrogen or C1-6alkyl;
  • R6 is hydrogen; C1-6alkyl, which is unsubstituted or once, twice or three times substituted by fluoro; C3-7cycloalkyl; C1-6alkylC3-7cycloalkyl; or phenyl-CxH2x—;
  • R7 is hydrogen; C1-6alkyl, which is unsubstituted or substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from fluoro, hydroxy and C2-6alkenyl; C1-6alkoxyC1-6alkyl; C1-6alkoxyC1-6alkoxyC1-6alkyl; aminoC1-6alkyl; C1-6alkylcarbonylaminoC1-8alkyl; C1-6alkylsulfonylaminoC1-8alkyl; C1-6alkylsulfanylC1-6alkyl; C1-6alkylsulfonylC1-6alkyl; cyanoC1-6alkyl; cyanoC3-7cycloalkylC1-6alkyl; C3-7cycloalkylC1-6alkyl; phenylC1-6alkyl; pyrrolidinylcarbonylC1-6alkyl; C2-6alkynyl; hydroxyC1-6alkylC2-6alkynyl; aminoC1-6alkoxyC1-6alkyl; C1-6alkylaminoC1-6alkoxyC1-6alkyl; carboxyC1-6alkyl; C1-6alkoxycarbonylaminoC1-8alkyl; imidazolylC1-6alkyl; pyrazolylC1-6alkyl; triazolylC1-6alkyl; morpholinylC1-6alkyl; (2-oxo-pyrrolidinyl)C1-6alkyl; pyrrolidinylC1-6alkyl; or tetrahydropyranylC1-6alkyl;
  • x is 1-6;
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or enantiomer, or a diastereomer thereof.
  • 9. A compound according to item 8, wherein
  • R1 is hydrogen;
  • R2 is methoxy, ethoxy or propoxy;
  • R4 is hydrogen or chloro;
  • R5 is hydrogen or methyl;
  • R6 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, trifluoromethyl, trifluoromethylmethyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, methylcyclopropyl or phenylmethyl;
  • R7 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, difluoromethylmethyl, difluoromethylethyl, trifluoromethylmethyl, ethyldifluoromethyl, vinyldifluoromethyl, propargyl, hydroxymethylpropargyl, methoxyethyl, methoxypropyl, methoxybutyl, ethoxyethyl, methoxyethyl-O-ethyl, aminoethyl, aminopentyl, aminohexyl, aminooctyl, tert-butoxycarbonylaminopentyl, tert-butoxycarbonylaminohexyl, tert-butoxycarbonylaminooctyl, methylcarbonylaminoethyl, methylcarbonylaminopentyl, methylsulfonylaminoethyl, methylsulfonylaminopentyl, methylsulfonylethyl, methylsulfonylpropyl, methylsulfanylpropyl, cyanopropyl, cyanocyclopropylmethyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclohexylethyl, hydroxyethyl, hydroxypropyl, hydroxy-dimethylpropyl, hydroxy-difluoropropyl, hydroxybutyl, hydroxypentyl, hydroxyhexyl, aminoethyl-O-propyl, ethylamino-ethyl-O-propyl-, imidazolylethyl, pyrazolylpropyl, triazolylpropyl, morpholinylethyl, morpholinylpropyl, (2-oxo-pyrrolidinyl)ethyl, (2-oxo-pyrrolidinyl)propyl, phenylmethyl, phenylethyl, pyrrolidinylethyl, pyrrolidinylpropyl, pyrrolidinylcarbonylmethyl, tetrahydropyranylmethyl or carboxypropyl;
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or enantiomer, or a diastereomer thereof.
  • 10. A compound according to item 4, wherein
  • R1 is hydrogen or halogen;
  • R2 is halogen, C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxy or C3-7cycloalkyl;
  • R4 is hydrogen;
  • R5 is hydrogen or C1-6alkyl;
  • R6 is C1-6alkyl, which is unsubstituted or once, twice or three times substituted by fluoro;
  • C3-7cycloalkyl or C1-6alkylC3-7cycloalkyl;
  • R7 is C1-6alkyl, which is unsubstituted or substituted with one to three substituents independently selected from fluoro and hydroxy; C1-6alkoxyC1-6alkyl; aminoC1-8alkyl; C1-6alkylcarbonylaminoC1-8alkyl; C1-6alkylsulfonylaminoC1-8alkyl; C1-6alkylsulfanylC1-6alkyl; C1-6alkylsulfonylC1-6alkyl; C3-7cycloalkylC1-6alkyl; phenylC1-6alkyl; C1-6alkylaminoC1-6alkoxyC1-6alkyl; C1-6alkoxycarbonylaminoC1-8alkyl; morpholinylC1-6alkyl or tetrahydropyranylC1-6alkyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or enantiomer, or a diastereomer thereof.
  • 11. A compound according to item 10, wherein
  • R1 is hydrogen, fluoro, or chloro;
  • R2 is fluoro, chloro, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy or cyclopropyl;
  • R4 is hydrogen;
  • R5 is hydrogen or methyl;
  • R6 is methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, trifluoromethylmethyl, cyclobutyl or methylcyclopropyl;
  • R7 is methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isobutyl, cyclopropylmethyl, difluoromethylmethyl, difluoroethylmethyl, difluoromethylethyl, trifluoromethylmethyl, ethyldifluoromethyl, methoxyethyl, methoxypropyl, ethoxyethyl, aminohexyl, aminooctyl, tert-butoxycarbonylaminopentyl, tert-butoxycarbonylaminooctyl, methylcarbonylaminopentyl, methylsulfonylaminopentyl, methylsulfonylpropyl, methylsulfanylpropyl, hydroxypropyl, hydroxy-dimethylpropyl, hydroxy-difluoropropyl, hydroxybutyl, hydroxypentyl, hydroxyhexyl, ethylamino-ethyl-O-propyl-, morpholinylethyl, morpholinylpropyl, phenylmethyl or tetrahydropyranylmethyl; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or enantiomer, or a diastereomer thereof.
  • 12. A compound according to formula (I), item 1 or item 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or enantiomer thereof, wherein R1 is hydrogen.
  • 13. A compound according to formula (I), item 1 or item 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or enantiomer thereof, wherein R2 is halogen or C1-6alkoxy.
  • 14. A compound according to formula (I), item 1 or item 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or enantiomer thereof, wherein R2 is chloro or methoxy.
  • 15. A compound according to formula (I), item 1 or item 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or enantiomer thereof, wherein R5 is hydrogen.
  • 16. A compound according to formula (I), item 1 or item 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or enantiomer thereof, wherein R6 is C1-6alkyl or C1-6alkylC3-7cycloalkyl.
  • 17. A compound according to formula (I), item 1 or item 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or enantiomer thereof, wherein R6 is ethyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl or methylcyclopropyl.
  • 18. A compound according to formula (I), item 1 or item 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or enantiomer thereof, wherein R7 is C1-6alkoxyC1-6alkyl, hydroxyC1-6alkyl or aminoC1-6alkyl.
  • 19. A compound according to formula (I), item 1 or item 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or enantiomer thereof, wherein R7 is methoxyethyl, methoxypropyl, hydroxydimethylpropyl, hydroxybutyl, hydroxypentyl, hydroxyhexyl, aminobutyl, aminopentyl or aminohexyl.
  • In context of the present invention the inhibitor of the invention may also be the compound according to formula (II), wherein the inhibitor is any one of the compounds as defined in items (1)-(20), below:
  • 1. A compound according to formula (II), wherein
  • R1 is C1-6alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, hydroxyC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxycarbonylC1-6alkyl or carboxyC1-6alkyl;
  • R2 is phenyl substituted by one, two, three or four groups independently selected from C1-6alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, halogen, haloC1-6alkyl, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, haloC1-6alkoxy, tetrahydrofuranyloxy, —O—CxH2x—R3, —O—CyH2y—NHR6, —SO2—R11. —SO2—NR12R13, carboxy, C1-6alkoxycarbonyl and —C(═O)—NR12R13; pyridinyl substituted by one, two or three groups independently selected from halogen, C1-6alkyl, haloC1-6alkoxy, tetrahydropyranyloxy, —O—CxH2x—R3 and NR6R16; or pyrimidinyl substituted by C1-6alkyl and diC1-6alkylamino; wherein
  • R3 is hydrogen, C3-7cycloalkyl, haloC3-7cycloalkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyC1-6alkylC3-7cycloalkyl, C1-6alkoxy, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, thietanyl, 1,1-dioxothietanyl, 1,1-dioxothiolanyl, morpholinyl, oxopyrrolidinyl, oxomorpholinyl, oxopiperazinyl, C1-6alkoxycarbonyloxopiperazinyl, oxoimidazolidinyl, C1-6alkylpiperazinyl, C1-6alkylcarbonylpiperazinyl, C1-6alkylsulfonylpiperazinyl, C1-6alkoxycarbonylpiperazinyl, azetidinyl, C1-6alkylcarbonylazetidinyl, C1-6alkylsulfonylazetidinyl, C1-6alkoxycarbonylazetidinyl, —C(═O)—R4, C1-6alkylsulfinyl, —SO2—R5, —C(NHR7)—C(═O)—R8, carboxyC1-6alkoxy or aminocarbonylC1-6alkoxy;
  • wherein
  • R4 is hydroxy, C1-6alkoxy, amino, C1-6alkylamino, diC1-6alkylamino, tetrahydrofuranylamino, pyrrolidinyl or morpholinyl;
  • R5 is C1-6alkyl, hydroxy or amino;
  • R7 is hydrogen or C1-6alkoxycarbonyl;
  • R8 is hydroxy or C1-6alkoxy;
  • R6 is hydrogen, C1-6alkylcarbonyl, haloC1-6alkylcarbonyl, C1-6alkoxycarbonyl, C1-6alkylsulfonyl, C3-7cycloalkylsulfonyl or C1-6alkoxyC1-6alkylsulfonyl;
  • R9 and R10 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6alkyl and C1-6alkylsulfonyl; or
  • R9 and R10 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl and oxopiperazinyl;
  • R11 is C1-6alkyl or C1-6alkoxyC1-6alkyl;
  • R12 and R13 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6alkyl and C1-6alkoxyC1-6alkyl;
  • x is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8;
  • y is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8;
  • U is CH;
  • W is CH;
  • Z is CH or N;
  • X is N;
  • Y is N;
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or an enantiomer, or a diastereomer thereof.
  • 2. A compound according to formula (II) or item 1, wherein
  • R1 is C1-6alkyl;
  • R2 is phenyl substituted by one, two, three or four groups independently selected from C1-6alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, halogen, haloC1-6alkyl, cyano, hydroxy, haloC1-6alkoxy, tetrahydrofuranyloxy, —O—CxH2x—R3, —O—CvH2y—NHR6, —SO2—NR12R13, carboxy, C1-6alkoxycarbonyl and —C(═O)—NR12R13; pyridinyl substituted by one, two or three groups independently selected from halogen, C1-6alkyl, haloC1-6alkoxy, tetrahydropyranyloxy, —O—CxH2x—R3 and NR9R10; or pyrimidinyl substituted by C1-6alkyl and diC1-6alkylamino; wherein
  • R3 is hydrogen, C3-7cycloalkyl, haloC3-7cycloalkyl, hydroxyC1-6alkylC3-7cycloalkyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, thietanyl, 1,1-dioxothietanyl, 1,1-dioxothiolanyl, oxopyrrolidinyl, oxomorpholinyl, oxopiperazinyl, C1-6alkoxycarbonyloxopiperazinyl, oxoimidazolidinyl, C1-6alkylpiperazinyl, C1-6alkylcarbonylpiperazinyl, C1-6alkylsulfonylpiperazinyl, C1-6alkoxycarbonylpiperazinyl, azetidinyl, C1-6alkylcarbonylazetidinyl. C1-6alkylsulfonylazetidinyl, C1-6alkoxycarbonylazetidinyl, —C(═O)—R4, C1-6alkylsulfinyl, —SO2—R5, —C(NHR7)—C(═O)—R8 carboxyC1-6alkoxy or aminocarbonylC1-6alkoxy; wherein
  • R4 is hydroxy, C1-6alkoxy, amino, C1-6alkylamino, tetrahydrofuranylamino, or morpholinyl;
  • R5 is C1-6alkyl, hydroxy or amino;
  • R7 is hydrogen or C1-6alkoxycarbonyl;
  • R8 is hydroxy or C1-6alkoxy;
  • R6 is hydrogen, C1-6alkylcarbonyl, haloC1-6alkylcarbonyl, C1-6alkoxycarbonyl,
  • C3-7cycloalkylsulfonyl or C1-6alkoxyC1-6alkylsulfonyl;
  • R9 and R13 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6alkyl and C1-6alkylsulfonyl; or
  • R9 and R10 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl and oxopiperazinyl;
  • R11 is C1-6alkoxyC1-6alkyl;
  • R12 and R13 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6alkyl and C1-6alkoxyC1-6alkyl;
  • x is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8;
  • y is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8;
  • U is CH;
  • W is CH;
  • Z is N;
  • X is N;
  • Y is N;
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or an enantiomer, or a diastereomer thereof.
  • 3. A compound according to formula (II), item 1 or item 2, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or enantiomer, or diastereomer thereof, wherein R1 is methyl.
  • 4. A compound according to formula (II), item 1 or item 2, wherein
  • R1 is C1-6alkyl;
  • R2 is phenyl substituted by one, two, three or four groups independently selected from C1-6alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, halogen, haloC1-6alkyl, cyano, hydroxy, haloC1-6alkoxy, tetrahydrofuranyloxy, —O—CxH2x—R3, —O—CvH2y—NHR6, —SO2—R11, —SO2—NR12R13, carboxy, C1-6alkoxycarbonyl and —C(═O)—NR12R12;
  • R3 is hydrogen, C3-7cycloalkyl, haloC3-7cycloalkyl, hydroxyC1-6alkylC3-7cycloalkyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, thietanyl, 1,1-dioxothietanyl, 1,1-dioxothiolanyl, oxopyrrolidinyl, oxomorpholinyl, oxopiperazinyl, C1-6alkoxycarbonyloxopiperazinyl, oxoimidazolidinyl, C1-6alkylpiperazinyl, C1-6alkylcarbonylpiperazinyl, C1-6alkylsulfonylpiperazinyl, C1-6alkoxycarbonylpiperazinyl, azetidinyl, C1-6alkylcarbonylazetidinyl, C1-6alkylsulfonylazetidinyl, C1-6alkoxycarbonylazetidinyl, —C(═O)—R4, C1-6alkylsulfinyl, —SO2—R5 or —C(NHR7)—C(═O)—R8;
  • wherein
  • R4 is hydroxy, C1-6alkoxy, amino, C1-6alkylamino, tetrahydrofuranylamino, or morpholinyl;
  • R5 is C1-6alkyl, hydroxy or amino;
  • R7 is hydrogen or C1-6alkoxycarbonyl;
  • R8 is hydroxy or C1-6alkoxy;
  • R6 is hydrogen, C1-6alkylcarbonyl, haloC1-6alkylcarbonyl, C1-6alkoxycarbonyl, C3-7cycloalkylsulfonyl or C1-6alkoxyC1-6alkylsulfonyl;
  • R11 is C1-6alkoxyC1-6alkyl;
  • R12 and R13 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6alkyl and C1-6alkoxyC1-6alkyl;
  • x is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
  • y is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8;
  • U is CH;
  • W is CH;
  • Z is N;
  • X is N;
  • Y is N;
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or an enantiomer, or a diastereomer thereof.
  • 5. A compound according to formula (II), or any one of items 1 to 4, wherein
  • R1 is methyl;
  • R2 is phenyl substituted by one, two, three or four groups independently selected from methyl, cyclopropyl, fluoro, chloro, iodo, trifluoromethyl, cyano, hydroxy, methoxy, difluoroethoxy, difluoromethoxy, trifluoroethoxy, trifluoromethoxy, cyclopropylmethoxy, difluorocyclopropylmethoxy, hydroxymethylcyclopropylmethoxy, oxetanylethoxy, oxetanylmethoxy, tetrahydrofuranylethoxy, tetrahydrofuranylmethoxy, tetrahydropyranylmethoxy, thietanylmethoxy, (1,1-dioxothietanyl)methoxy, (1,1-dioxothiolanyl)methoxy, oxopyrrolidinyipropoxy, oxomorpholinyipropoxy, oxopiperazinylpropoxy, (tert-butoxycarbonyloxopiperazinyl)propoxy, oxoimidazolidinylpropoxy, methylpiperazinylpropoxy, acetylpiperazinylpropoxy, methylsulfonylpiperazinylpropoxy, (tert-butoxycarbonylpiperazinyl)propoxy, azetidinylethoxy, acetylazetidinylethoxy, methylsulfonylazetidinylethoxy, (tert-butoxycarbonylazetidinyl)ethoxy, (tert-butoxycarbonylazetidinyl)methoxy, carboxybutoxy, carboxyethoxy, carboxyhexyloxy, carboxymethoxy, carboxypropoxy, methoxycarbonylbutoxy, ethoxycarbonylhexyloxy, aminocarbonylbutoxy, am inocarbonylhexyloxy, am inocarbonylmethoxy, aminocarbonylpropoxy, methylaminocarbonylpropoxy, tetrahydrofuranylaminocarbonylmethoxy, morpholinylcarbonylmethoxy, methylsulfinylpropoxy, methylsulfonylpropoxy, sulfopropoxy, aminosulfonylpropoxy, amino-carboxy-propoxy, (tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-carboxy-propoxy, (tert-butoxycarbonylamino)-(methoxycarbonyl)-propoxy, aminopropoxy, aminopentoxy, aminohexyloxy, aminooctyloxy, methylcarbonylaminopropoxy, chloropropylcarbonylaminopropoxy, (tert-butoxycarbonylamino)hexyloxy, (tert-butoxycarbonylamino)octyloxy, (tert-butoxycarbonylamino)pentoxy, (tert-butoxycarbonylamino)propoxy, cyclopropylsulfonylaminopropoxy, methoxyethylsulfonylaminopropoxy, methoxypropylsulfonyl, methoxypropylaminosulfonyl, N-methoxypropyl-N-methyl-aminosulfonyl, carboxy, methoxycarbonyl, methoxypropylaminocarbonyl, N-methoxypropyl-N-methyl-aminocarbonyl and tetrahydrofuranyloxy;
  • U is CH;
  • W is CH;
  • Z is N;
  • X is N;
  • Y is N;
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or an enantiomer, or a diastereomer thereof.
  • 6. A compound according to formula (II) or any one of items 1 to 4, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or enantiomer, or diastereomer thereof, wherein R2 is phenyl substituted by one, two or three groups independently selected from halogen, C1-6alkoxy, haloC1-6alkoxy, C3-7cycloalkylC1-6alkoxy and haloC3-7cycloalkylC1-6alkoxy.
  • 7. A compound according to formula (II), or any one of items 1 to 6, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or enantiomer, or diastereomer thereof, wherein R2 is phenyl substituted by one, two or three groups independently selected from fluoro, chloro, methoxy, difluoroethoxy, trifluoroethoxy, cyclopropylmethoxy and difluorocyclopropylmethoxy.
  • 8. A compound according to formula (II), or any one of items 1, 2 and 4, wherein
  • R1 is C1-6alkyl;
  • R2 is phenyl substituted by two or three groups independently selected from halogen, cyano, haloC1-6alkoxy, —O—CxH2x—R3 and —O—CyH2y—NHR6;
  • R3 is hydrogen, C3-7cycloalkyl, haloC3-7cycloalkyl, oxetanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, C1-6alkylsulfonylazetidinyl, aminocarbonyl or C1-6alkylsulfonyl;
  • R6 is hydrogen or C1-6alkoxycarbonyl;
  • x is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
  • y is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
  • U is CH;
  • W is CH;
  • Z is N;
  • X is N;
  • Y is N;
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or an enantiomer, or a diastereomer thereof.
  • 9. A compound according to formula (II), or any one of items 1 to 5 and 8, wherein
  • R1 is methyl;
  • R2 is phenyl substituted by two or three groups independently selected from fluoro, chloro, cyano, methoxy, difluoroethoxy, trifluoroethoxy, cyclopropylmethoxy, difluorocyclopropylmethoxy, methylsulfonylpropoxy, aminocarbonylmethoxy, oxetanylmethoxy, oxetanylethoxy, tetrahydrofuranylmethoxy, tetrahydropyranylmethoxy, methylsulfonylazetidinylethoxy, aminohexyloxy and (tert-butoxycarbonylamino)propoxy;
  • U is CH;
  • W is CH;
  • Z is N;
  • X is N;
  • Y is N;
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or an enantiomer, or a diastereomer thereof.
  • 10. A compound according to formula (II), or item 1 or item 2, wherein
  • R1 is C1-6alkyl;
  • R2 is pyridinyl substituted by one, two or three groups independently selected from halogen,
  • C1-6alkyl, haloC1-6alkoxy, tetrahydropyranyloxy, —O—CxH2x—R3 and NR9R19;
  • R3 is hydrogen, C3-7cycloalkyl, thietanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, oxomorpholinyl, 1,1-dioxo-thietanyl, C1-6alkylcarbonylazetidinyl, C1-6alkylsulfonylazetidinyl, —C(═O)—R4, carboxyC1-6alkoxy or aminocarbonylC1-6alkoxy; wherein
  • R4 is hydroxy, C1-6alkoxy or amino;
  • R9 and R19 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6alkyl and C1-6alkylsulfonyl; or
  • R9 and R10 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl and oxopiperazinyl;
  • x is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8;
  • U is CH;
  • W is CH;
  • Z is N;
  • X is N;
  • Y is N;
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or an enantiomer, or a diastereomer thereof.
  • 11. A compound according to formula (II), or any one of items 1 to 3 and 10, wherein
  • R1 is methyl;
  • R2 is pyridinyl substituted by one, two or three groups independently selected from fluoro, chloro, iodo, methoxy, methyl, difluoroethoxy, tetrahydropyranyloxy, cyclopropylmethoxy, thietanylmethoxy, tetrahydrofuranylmethoxy, tetrahydropyranylmethoxy, oxomorpholinylpropoxy, (1,1-dioxo-thietanyl)methoxy, acetylazetidinylmethoxy, methylsulfonylazetidinylmethoxy, carboxybutoxy, carboxyheptyloxy, carboxyhexyloxy, carboxypentyloxy, carboxypropoxy, methoxycarbonylheptyloxy, aminocarbonylbutoxy, aminocarbonylheptyloxy, am inocarbonylhexyloxy, aminocarbonylmethoxy, aminocarbonylpentyloxy, am inocarbonylpropoxy, carboxymethoxypropoxy, aminocarbonylmethoxypropoxy, amino, methylamino, dimethylamino, methylsulfonylamino, pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, piperazinyl and oxopiperazinyl;
  • U is CH;
  • W is CH;
  • Z is N;
  • X is N;
  • Y is N;
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or an enantiomer, or a diastereomer thereof.
  • 12. A compound according to formula (II), or any one of items 1 to 3 and 10, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or enantiomer, or diastereomer thereof, wherein R2 is pyridinyl substituted by one, two or three groups independently selected from halogen, C1-6alkoxy, haloC1-6alkoxy, C1-6alkylamino, diC1-6alkylamino, pyrrolidinyl and oxopiperazinyl.
  • 13. A compound according to formula (II), or any one of items 1 to 3, 10 and 11, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or enantiomer, or diastereomer thereof, wherein R2 is pyridinyl substituted by one, two or three groups independently selected from fluoro, chloro, methoxy, difluoroethoxy, methylamino, dimethylamino, pyrrolidinyl and oxopiperazinyl.
  • 14. A compound according to formula (II), or any one of items 1, 2 and 10, wherein
  • R1 is C1-6alkyl;
  • R2 is pyridinyl substituted by two or three groups independently selected from halogen, haloC1-6alkoxy, —O—CxH2x—R3 and NR9R15;
  • R3 is hydrogen, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, oxomorpholinyl or aminocarbonyl;
  • R9 and R19 are independently selected from hydrogen and C1-6alkyl; or
  • R9 and R15 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form pyrrolidinyl and oxopiperazinyl;
  • x is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
  • U is CH;
  • W is CH;
  • Z is N;
  • X is N;
  • Y is N;
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or an enantiomer, or a diastereomer thereof.
  • 15. A compound according to formula (II), or item 1, or item 6, wherein
  • R1 is methyl;
  • R2 is pyridinyl substituted by two or three groups independently selected from fluoro, chloro, methoxy, difluoroethoxy, tetrahydrofuranylmethoxy, tetrahydropyranylmethoxy, oxomorpholinylpropoxy, aminocarbonylhexyloxy, methylamino, dimethylamino, pyrrolidinyl and oxopiperazinyl;
  • U is CH;
  • W is CH;
  • Z is N;
  • X is N;
  • Y is N;
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or an enantiomer, or a diastereomer thereof.
  • 16. A compound according to formula (II), or item 1, wherein
  • R1 is C1-6alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, hydroxyC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxycarbonylC1-6alkyl, or carboxyC1-6alkyl;
  • R2 is phenyl substituted by one, two or three groups independently selected from halogen, nitro, C1-6alkylsulfonyl, —O—CxH2x—R3 and —O—CyH2y—NHR6; or pyridinyl substituted by two groups independently selected from halogen, haloC1-6alkoxy, —O—CxH2x—R3 and NR9R18; wherein
  • R3 is hydrogen, C3-7cycloalkyl, hydroxy, C1-6alkoxy, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, morpholinyl, —C(═O)—R4, —SO2—R5 or aminocarbonylC1-6alkoxy; wherein
  • R4 is hydroxy, C1-6alkoxy, amino, diC1-6alkylamino or pyrrolidinyl;
  • R5 is C1-6alkyl;
  • R6 is hydrogen or C1-6alkylsulfonyl;
  • R9 and R10 are C1-6alkyl; or
  • R9 and R10 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, piperidinyl and oxopiperazinyl;
  • x is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
  • y is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6;
  • U is CH;
  • W is CH;
  • Z is CH;
  • X is N;
  • Y is N;
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or an enantiomer, or a diastereomer thereof.
  • 17. A compound according to formula (II), or item 1, or item 16, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or enantiomer, or diastereomer thereof, wherein R1 is C1-6alkyl.
  • 18. A compound according to formula (II), or any one of items 1, 16 and 17, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or enantiomer, or diastereomer thereof, wherein R1 is methyl.
  • 19. A compound according to formula (II), or any one of items 1 and 16 to 18, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or enantiomer, or diastereomer thereof, wherein R2 is phenyl substituted by one, two or three groups independently selected from halogen and C1-6alkoxy; or pyridinyl substituted by two groups independently selected from halogen, diC1-6alkylamino, pyrrolidinyl, and oxopiperazinyl.
  • 20. A compound according to formula (II), or any one of items 1, and 16 to 19, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, or enantiomer, or diastereomer thereof, wherein R2 is phenyl substituted by one, two or three groups independently selected from fluoro and methoxy; or pyridinyl substituted by two groups independently selected from fluoro, dimethylamino, pyrrolidinyl and oxopiperazinyl.
  • As described above, the inhibitor of the present invention may also be a RNAi molecule against
  • PAPD5 and/or PAPD7. Said RNAi molecule may be a siRNA or a shRNA.
  • For example, the inhibitor of the present invention may be a siRNA that is directed against PAPD5, wherein said siRNA is any one of the following siRNAs:
  • PAPD5 siRNA Pool (L-010011-00-0010; ON-TARGETplus Human PAPD5):
  • siRNA 1 J-010011-05 Target Sequence: CAUCAAUGCUUUAUAUCGA (SEQ ID NO: 10)
  • siRNA 2 J-010011-06 Target Sequence: GGACGACACUUCAAUUAUU (SEQ ID NO: 11)
  • siRNA 3 J-010011-07 Target Sequence: GAUAAAGGAUGGUGGUUCA (SEQ ID NO: 12)
  • siRNA 4 J-010011-08 Target Sequence: GAAUAGACCUGAGCCUUCA (SEQ ID NO: 13)
  • The inhibitor of the present invention may also be a siRNA that is directed against PAPD7, wherein said siRNA is any one of the following siRNAs:
  • PAPD7 siRNA Pool (L-009807-00-0005; ON-TARGETplus Human PAPD7):
  • siRNA-1-J-009807-05-Target Sequence:
    (SEQ ID NO: 14)
    GGAGUGACGUUGAUUCAGA
    siRNA-2-J-009807-06-Target Sequence:
    (SEQ ID NO: 15)
    CGGAGUUCAUCAAGAAUUA
    siRNA-3-J-009807-07-Target Sequence:
    (SEQ ID NO: 16)
    CGGAGUUCAUCAAGAAUUA
    siRNA-4-J-009807-08-Target Sequence:
    (SEQ ID NO: 17)
    GCGAAUAGCCACAUGCAAU
  • Above, target sequences of suitable siRNAs are shown. The sequences of the corresponding siRNAs are directly complementary to these target sequences.
  • It is envisaged in context of the present invention that (a) siRNA(s) directed against PAPD5 is combined with (a) siRNA(s) directed against PAPD7, in order to inhibit expression of both, PAPD5 and PAPD7.
  • The appended examples surprisingly demonstrate that two anti-HBV agents that are completely different in structure (i.e. DHQ and THP) have a shared binding site for PAPD5 and PAPD7 or at least are binding in close proximity to each other. In particular, selected interaction domains (SIDs) within PAPD5 and PAPD7 have been identified. SIDs are the amino acid sequences that are shared by all prey fragments matching the same reference protein. Therefore, the SIDs correspond to the amino acid regions where the anti-HBV agents DHQ and THP bind to PAPD5 and PAPD7. Accordingly, binding to these regions leads to an inhibition of the activity of PAPD5 and PAPD7, which results in inhibition of propagation of HBV. Thus, the inhibitor of the invention may be an antibody that specifically binds to at least one SID of PAPD5 and/or of PAPD7. Accordingly, the inhibitor of the invention may be an antibody that specifically binds to the amino acid stretch of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 7-9. The inhibitor of the invention may also be an antibody that specifically binds to more than one of the amino acid stretches of SEQ ID NOs: 7-9.
  • Applications
  • In context of the present invention it has surprisingly been shown that the combined inhibition of PAPD5 and PAPD7 leads to a synergistic effect in the inhibition of HBV propagation. The appended examples show that reduction of the expression of PAPD5 alone leads to a reduction of the secretion of HBsAg and HBeAg of around 50%. Reduction of the expression of PAPD7 alone leads to a reduction of the secretion of HBsAg and HBeAg of not more than 15%. Simultaneous knock-down of PAPD5 and PAPD7 leads to a synergistic effect in the reduction of secretion of HBsAg and HBeAg that lies above the sum of the single knock-downs. Without being bound by theory, this synergistic effect may be due to a compensatory effect of PAPD5 and PAPD7 since both proteins have high sequence homology and same enzymatic functions.
  • Therefore, one embodiment of the present invention relates to a combined preparation comprising an inhibitor of PAPD5 and an inhibitor of PAPD7 for use in the treatment and/or prevention of a HBV infection. Thus, the present invention relates to a combined preparation comprising an inhibitor of PAPD5 and an inhibitor of PAPD7 for simultaneous or sequential use in the treatment and/or prevention of a HBV infection. It is envisaged in context of the invention that said combined preparation is used for treating (e.g. ameliorating) a HBV infection. The definitions disclosed herein in connection with the inhibitor of the present invention apply, mutatis mutandis, to the combined preparation of the present invention. The combined preparation may comprise a molecule that is a PAPD5 inhibitor and a separate molecule that is a PAPD7 inhibitor (e.g. two separate siRNA molecules or two separate small molecules). These two separate inhibitors may be formulated within one unit, e.g., within one pill or vial. Alternatively, these two separate inhibitors may be formulated separately, in separate units, e.g. separate pills or vials. The two separate inhibitors may be administered together, (i.e. simultaneously) or separately (i.e. sequentially) provided that the synergistic effect of the two inhibitors is achieved. In one aspect of the invention the combined preparation leads to a reduction of secretion of HBsAg and HBeAg of at least 50% as compared to the no drug control (i.e. compared to cells or subjects to which no drug is administrated).
  • The present invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition for use in the treatment and/or prevention of a HBV infection, wherein the pharmaceutical composition comprises
  • (i) the inhibitor of the invention; or the combined preparation of the invention; and
  • (ii) optionally a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • Accordingly, the present invention relates to a method of treating and/or preventing a HBV infection, wherein the method comprises administering an effective amount of the inhibitor of the invention, the pharmaceutical composition of the invention, or of the combined preparation of the invention to a subject in need of such a treatment.
  • The inhibitor of the invention, the combined preparation of the invention, or the pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be used in a combination therapy. For example, the inhibitor of the invention, the combined preparation of the invention, or the pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be combined with other anti-HBV agents such as interferon alpha-2b, interferon alpha-2a, and interferon alphacon-1 (pegylated and unpegylated), ribavirin, lamivudine (3TC), entecavir, tenofovir, telbivudine (LdT), adefovir, or other emerging anti-HBV agents such as a HBV RNA replication inhibitor, a HBsAg secretion inhibitor, a HBV capsid inhibitor, an antisense oligomer (e.g. as described in WO2012/145697 and WO 2014/179629), a siRNA (e.g. described in WO 2005/014806, WO 2012/024170, WO 2012/2055362, WO 2013/003520, WO 2013/159109, WO 2017/027350 and WO2017/015175), a HBV therapeutic vaccine, a HBV prophylactic vaccine, a HBV antibody therapy (monoclonal or polyclonal), or TLR 2, 3, 7, 8 or 9 agonists for the treatment and/or prophylaxis of HBV.
  • The appended examples demonstrate that down regulation of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 goes along with a reduction in the production of HBsAg and HBeAg as well as of intracellular HBV mRNA in HBV infected cells. These results indicate that the amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 can be used for monitoring therapeutic success during the treatment of a HBV infection, e.g. if treatment with an inhibitor of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 is ongoing or has been performed. Thus, the present invention relates to a method for monitoring the therapeutic success during the treatment of a HBV infection, wherein the method comprises:
  • (a) analyzing in a sample obtained from a test subject the amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7;
  • (b) comparing said amount and/or activity with reference data corresponding to the amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 of at least one reference subject; and
  • (c) predicting therapeutic success based on the comparison step (b).
  • In the monitoring method of the invention the test subject may be a human being who receives medication for a HBV infection or has received medication for a HBV infection. The medication may comprise anti-HBV agents as described above. The medication may also comprise an inhibitor of PAPD5 and/or PAPD.
  • In the monitoring method of the invention the reference data may correspond to the amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 in a sample of at least one reference subject. Said sample may be blood or a liver biopsy.
  • One aspect of the invention relates to the monitoring method of the invention, wherein the at least one reference subject has a HBV infection but did not receive medication for a HBV infection; and wherein in step (c) a decreased amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 of the test subject as compared to the reference data indicates therapeutic success in the treatment of a HBV infection. For example, said decreased amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 may mean that the amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 in the sample of the test subject is 0 to 90% of the amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 in the sample of the at least one reference subject. For example, said decreased amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 may be 0 to 80%, preferably 0 to 70%, more preferably 0 to 60%, even more preferably 0 to 50%, even more preferably 0 to 40%, even more preferably 0 to 30, even more preferably 0 to 20%, and most preferably 0 to 10% of the amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 in the sample of the at least one reference subject.
  • Another aspect of the invention relates to the monitoring method of the invention, wherein the at least one reference subject has a HBV infection and has received medication for a HBV infection; and wherein in step (c) an identical or similar amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 of the test subject as compared to the reference data indicates therapeutic success in the treatment of a HBV infection. A further aspect of the invention relates to the monitoring method of the invention, wherein the at least one reference subject does not have a HBV infection; and wherein in step (c) an identical or similar amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 of the test subject as compared to the reference data indicates therapeutic success in the treatment of a HBV infection. An identical or similar amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 may mean that the amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 in the sample of the test subject is 90-110% of the amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 in the sample of the at least one reference subject. For example, said identical or similar amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 may be 95-105% of the amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 in the sample of the at least one reference subject.
  • Also encompassed by the present invention is a cell or a non-human animal (e.g. a mouse, rat, ferret or rabbit) with increased, reduced or absent PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 expression that can be used for identifying and/or characterizing a compound that prevents and/or treats (e.g. ameliorates) a HBV infection. For example, said cell or non-human animal may comprise an exogenous nucleotide sequence encoding PAPD5 and/or PAPD7, e.g. cloned into an expression vector and operable linked to an exogenous promoter. Said cell or non-human animal may overexpress PAPD5 and/or PAPD7, preferably PAPD5 and PAPD7. Alternatively, said cell or non-human animal may have a knock-down of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7, preferably of PAPD5 and PAPD7.
    • Embodiments of the Invention
  • Thus, the present invention relates to the following items:
  • 1. A method for identifying a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits a hepatitis B virus (HBV) infection, comprising:
  • (a) contacting a test compound with
  • (a1) PAP associated domain containing 5 (PAPD5) and/or PAP associated domain containing 7 (PAPD7); or
  • (a2) a cell expressing PAPD5 and/or PAPD7;
  • (b) measuring the expression and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 in the presence and absence of said test compound; and
  • (c) identifying a compound that reduces the expression and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 as a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits a HBV infection.
  • 2. A method for identifying a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits a HBV infection, comprising:
  • (a) contacting a test compound with
  • (a1) PAPD5 and/or PAPD7; or
  • (a2) a cell expressing PAPD5 and/or PAPD7;
  • (b) measuring whether the test compound binds to PAPD5 and/or to PAPD7;
  • (c) measuring whether the test compound inhibits propagation of HBV; and
  • (d) identifying a compound that binds to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 and inhibits propagation of HBV as a compound that prevents, ameliorates and/or inhibits a HBV infection. 3. The method of item 1 or 2, wherein PAPD5 is the PAPD5 polypeptide or the PAPD5 mRNA.
  • 4. The method of item 3, wherein the PAPD5 polypeptide is a polypeptide comprising or consisting of
  • (i) the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2;
  • (ii) an amino acid sequence having at least 80% identity to an amino acid sequence of (i), wherein the polypeptide has poly-A polymerase function;
  • (iii) the amino acid sequence of an enzymatically active fragment of SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2; or
  • (iv) an amino acid sequence having at least 80% identity to an amino acid sequence of (iii), wherein the polypeptide has poly-A polymerase function.
  • 5. The method of item 3, wherein the PAPD5 mRNA is a polynucleotide comprising or consisting of
  • (i) the nucleotide sequence encoding the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2;
  • (ii) a nucleotide sequence encoding an amino acid sequence having at least 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2, wherein the polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide that has poly-A polymerase function;
  • (iii) the nucleotide sequence encoding an enzymatically active fragment of SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2; or
  • (iv) a nucleotide sequence encoding an amino acid sequence having at least 80% identity to an amino acid sequence of an enzymatically active fragment of SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2, wherein the polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide that has poly-A polymerase function.
  • 6. The method of item 1 or 2, wherein PAPD7 is the PAPD7 polypeptide or the PAPD7 mRNA.
  • 7. The method of item 6, wherein the PAPD7 polypeptide is a polypeptide comprising or consisting of
  • (i) the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3;
  • (ii) an amino acid sequence having at least 80% identity to an amino acid sequence of (i), wherein the polypeptide has poly-A polymerase function;
  • (iii) the amino acid sequence of an enzymatically active fragment of SEQ ID NO: 3; or
  • (iv) an amino acid sequence having at least 80% identity to an amino acid sequence of (iii), wherein the polypeptide has poly-A polymerase function.
  • 8. The method of item 6, wherein the PAPD7 mRNA is a polynucleotide comprising or consisting of
  • (i) the nucleotide sequence encoding the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3;
  • (ii) a nucleotide sequence encoding an amino acid sequence having at least 80% identity to SEQ ID NO: 3, wherein the polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide that has poly-A polymerase function;
  • (iii) the nucleotide sequence encoding an enzymatically active fragment of SEQ ID NO: 3; or
  • (iv) a nucleotide sequence encoding an amino acid sequence having at least 80% identity to an amino acid sequence of an enzymatically active fragment of SEQ ID NO: 3, wherein the polynucleotide encodes a polypeptide that has poly-A polymerase function.
  • 9. The method of any one of items 1 to 8, wherein said cell is a eukaryotic cell.
  • 10. The method of any one of items 2 to 9, wherein the compound that inhibits propagation of HBV inhibits secretion of HBV surface antigen (HBsAg), inhibits secretion of HBV envelope antigen (HBeAg), and/or inhibits production of intracellular HBV mRNA or HBV DNA.
  • 11. The method of any one of items 1 to 10, which additionally comprises the step of comparing the test compound to a control.
  • 12. The method of item 11, wherein in said control an inactive test compound is used, wherein said inactive test compound is a compound that:
  • (i) does not reduce the expression and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7; and/or
  • (ii) does not bind to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 and does not inhibit propagation of HBV.
  • 13. The method of any one of items 1 to 12, wherein said test compound is a small molecule of a screening library; or
  • (ii) a peptide of a phage display library, of an antibody fragment library, or derived from a cDNA library.
  • 14. The method of any one of items 1 and 3 to 13, wherein the activity of PAPD5 and PAPD7 is the poly-A polymerase function.
  • 15. An inhibitor of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 for use in treating and/or preventing a HBV infection, wherein said inhibitor is
  • (i) a small molecule that binds to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7;
  • (ii) a RNA interference (RNAi) molecule against PAPD5 and/or PAPD7;
  • (iii) an antibody that specifically binds to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7; or
  • (iv) a genome editing machinery, comprising:
  • (a) a site-specific DNA nuclease or a polynucleotide encoding a site-specific DNA nuclease; and
  • (b) a guide IRNA or a polynucleotide encoding a guide IRNA.
  • 16. The inhibitor for the use according to item 15, which
  • (i) binds to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7; and/or
  • (ii) inhibits expression and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7.
  • 17. The inhibitor for the use according to item 15 or 16, wherein the inhibitor reduces secretion of HBsAg and HBeAg.
  • 18. The inhibitor for the use according to any one of items 15 to 17, wherein the inhibitor inhibits development of chronic HBV infection and/or reduces the infectiousness of a HBV infected person.
  • 19. The inhibitor for the use according to any one of items 15 to 18, wherein the inhibitor is the compound of formula (III) or (IV):
  • Figure US20220096527A1-20220331-C00006
  • 20. The inhibitor for the use according to any one of items 15 to 18, wherein the inhibitor is an RNAi molecule such as a siRNA or a shRNA.
  • 21. The inhibitor for the use according to any one of items 15 to 18, wherein the inhibitor is an antibody that specifically binds to the amino acid stretch of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 7-9.
  • 22. Combined preparation comprising an inhibitor of PAPD5 and an inhibitor of PAPD7 for simultaneous or sequential use in the treatment and/or prevention of a HBV infection.
  • 23. A pharmaceutical composition for use in the treatment and/or prevention of a HBV infection, wherein the pharmaceutical composition comprises
  • (i) the inhibitor for the use according to any one of items 15 to 21; or the combined preparation of item 22; and
  • (ii) optionally a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • 24. A method for monitoring the therapeutic success during the treatment of a HBV infection, wherein the method comprises:
  • (a) analyzing in a sample obtained from a test subject the amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7;
  • (b) comparing said amount and/or activity with reference data corresponding to the amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 of at least one reference subject; and
  • (c) predicting therapeutic success based on the comparison step (b).
  • 25. The monitoring method of item 24, wherein the test subject is a human being who receives medication for a HBV infection or has received medication for a HBV infection.
  • 26. The monitoring method of item 24 or 25, wherein the reference data corresponds to the amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 in a sample of at least one reference subject.
  • 27. The monitoring method of any one of items 24 to 26, wherein the at least one reference subject has a HBV infection but did not receive medication for a HBV infection; and wherein in step (c) a decreased amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 of the test subject as compared to the reference data indicates therapeutic success in the treatment of a HBV infection.
  • 28. The monitoring method of item 27, wherein said decreased amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 means that the amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 in the sample of the test subject is 0 to 90% of the amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 in the sample of the at least one reference subject.
  • 29. The monitoring method of any one of items 24 to 26, wherein the at least one reference subject has a HBV infection and has received medication for a HBV infection; and wherein in step (c) an identical or similar amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 of the test subject as compared to the reference data indicates therapeutic success in the treatment of a HBV infection.
  • 30. The monitoring method of any one of items 24 to 26, wherein the at least one reference subject does not have a HBV infection; and wherein in step (c) an identical or similar amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 of the test subject as compared to the reference data indicates therapeutic success in the treatment of a HBV infection.
  • 31. The monitoring method of item 29 or 30, wherein said identical or similar amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 means that the amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 in the sample of the test subject is 90-110% of the amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 in the sample of the at least one reference subject.
  • Manufacture
  • A compound of formula (I) (i.e. a dihydroquinolizinone compound according to formula (I)) may be synthesized as described in WO 2015/113990 A1. In brief, a compound of formula (I) may be prepared by a method comprising the following steps:
  • (a) hydrolysis of a compound of formula (A)
  • Figure US20220096527A1-20220331-C00007
  • or
  • (b) hydrolysis of a compound of formula (B)
  • Figure US20220096527A1-20220331-C00008
  • wherein R1 to R7 and R9 are defined above with respect to formula (I) unless otherwise indicated.
  • In step (a) and step (b) a base such as lithium hydroxide or sodium hydroxide can for example be used.
  • A compound of formula (II) (i.e. a tetrahydropyridopyrimidine compound according to formula (II)) may be synthesized as described in WO2016/177655. In brief, a compound of formula (II) may be prepared by a method comprising one of the following steps:
  • (a) coupling of a compound of formula (A)
  • Figure US20220096527A1-20220331-C00009
  • with a compound of formula (B)

  • R1M  (B)
  • in the presence of a Lewis acid;
  • (b) coupling of a compound of formula (C)
  • Figure US20220096527A1-20220331-C00010
  • with a compound of formula (D)

  • NHR9R10  (D)
  • in the presence of a base;
  • (c) coupling of a compound of formula (E)
  • Figure US20220096527A1-20220331-C00011
  • with a compound of formula (F)

  • R2-L2  (F);
  • wherein R1, R2, U, W, X, Y and Z are defined as above with respect to formula (II); M is H, Mg, Zn or Na; L1 is F, Cl or Br; and L2 is F, Cl or Br.
  • In step (a), the Lewis acid can for example be BF3.Et2O or Sc(OTf)3;
  • In step (b), the base can for example be K2CO3 or DIEA;
  • In step (c), the reaction can be carried out in the presence of a base, and the base can for example be K2CO3 or DIEA. The reaction can also be carried out in the absence of a base.
  • Compositions
  • As described above, the invention relates to an inhibitor of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 for use in treating and/or preventing a HBV infection; a combined preparation comprising an inhibitor of PAPD5 and an inhibitor of PAPD7 for use in the treatment and/or prevention of a HBV infection; and a pharmaceutical composition comprising said inhibitor or said combined preparation. Said pharmaceutical composition (i.e. medicament) optionally comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Said pharmaceutical composition may further comprise a therapeutically acceptable diluent or excipient.
  • A typical pharmaceutical composition is prepared by mixing a PAPD5 inhibitor and/or a PAPD7 inhibitor and a carrier or excipient. Suitable carriers and excipients are well known to those skilled in the art and are described in detail in, e.g., Ansel, Ansel's Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, Philadelphia: Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins, 2004; Gennaro, Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, Philadelphia: Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins, 2000; and Rowe, Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients, Chicago, Pharmaceutical Press, 2005. The formulations may also include one or more buffers, stabilizing agents, surfactants, wetting agents, lubricating agents, emulsifiers, suspending agents, preservatives, antioxidants, opaquing agents, glidants, processing aids, colorants, sweeteners, perfuming agents, flavoring agents, diluents and other known additives to improve appearance of the drug or aid in the manufacturing of the pharmaceutical product (i.e., medicament). For example, the pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be formulated by mixing an inhibitor of PAPD5 and/or an inhibitor of PAPD7 at ambient temperature at an appropriate pH, and with the desired degree of purity, with physiologically acceptable carriers, i.e., carriers that are non-toxic to recipients at the dosages and concentrations employed into a suitable administration form. The pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be sterile.
  • The compounds according to the present invention may exist in the form of their pharmaceutically acceptable salts. The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to conventional acid-addition salts or base-addition salts that retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the compounds of the present invention and are formed from suitable non-toxic organic or inorganic acids or organic or inorganic bases. Acid-addition salts include for example those derived from inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, sulfuric acid, sulfamic acid, phosphoric acid and nitric acid, and those derived from organic acids such as p-toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid, methanesulfonic acid, oxalic acid, succinic acid, citric acid, malic acid, lactic acid, fumaric acid, and the like. Base-addition salts include those derived from ammonium, potassium, sodium and, quaternary ammonium hydroxides, such as for example, tetramethyl ammonium hydroxide. The chemical modification of a pharmaceutical compound into a salt is a technique well known to pharmaceutical chemists in order to obtain improved physical and chemical stability, hygroscopicity, flowability and solubility of compounds. It is for example described in Bastin, Organic Process Research & Development 2000, 4, 427-435 or in Ansel, In: Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and Drug Delivery Systems, 6th ed. (1995), pp. 196 and 1456-1457. For example, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compounds provided herein may be a sodium salt.
  • Compounds contain one or several chiral centers can either be present as racemates, diastereomeric mixtures, or optically active single isomers. The racemates can be separated according to known methods into the enantiomers. Particularly, diastereomeric salts which can be separated by crystallization are formed from the racemic mixtures by reaction with an optically active acid such as e.g. D- or L-tartaric acid, mandelic acid, malic acid, lactic acid or camphorsulfonic acid.
  • The pharmaceutical composition of the invention is formulated, dosed, and administered in a fashion consistent with good medical practice. Factors for consideration in this context include the particular mammal being treated, the clinical condition of the individual patient, the site of delivery of the agent, the method of administration, the scheduling of administration, the age and sex of the patients and other factors known to medical practitioners. Herein, an “effective amount” (also known as “(therapeutically) effective dose”) means the amount of a compound that will elicit the biological or medical response of a subject that is being sought by a medical doctor or other clinician. The “effective amount” of the inhibitor of the invention, the combined preparation of the invention, or the pharmaceutical composition of the invention will be governed by such considerations, and is the minimum amount necessary to inhibit HBsAg and/or HBeAg. For example, such amount may be below the amount that is toxic to the cells of the recipient, or to the mammal as a whole.
  • For example, if the PAPD5 inhibitor and/or the PAPD7 inhibitor is/are (a) compound(s) according to formula (I) or (II), then the pharmaceutically effective amount administered parenterally per dose may be in the range of about 0.01 to 100 mg/kg, alternatively about 0.01 to 100 mg/kg of patient body weight per day, with the typical initial range of compound used being 0.3 to 15 mg/kg/day. In another example, if the PAPD5 inhibitor and/or the PAPD7 inhibitor is/are (a) compound(s) according to formula (I) or (II), oral unit dosage forms, such as tablets and capsules, preferably contain from about 0.1 to about 1000 mg.
  • The inhibitor of the invention, the combined preparation of the invention, or the pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be administered by any suitable means, including oral, topical (including buccal and sublingual), rectal, vaginal, transdermal, parenteral, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intrapulmonary, intradermal, intrathecal and epidural and intranasal, and, if desired for local treatment, intralesional administration. Parenteral infusions include intramuscular, intravenous, intraarterial, intraperitoneal, or subcutaneous administration.
  • The inhibitor of the invention, the combined preparation of the invention, or the pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be administered in any convenient administrative form, e.g., tablets, powders, capsules, solutions, dispersions, suspensions, syrups, sprays, suppositories, gels, emulsions, patches, etc. Such compositions may contain components conventional in pharmaceutical preparations, e.g., diluents, carriers, pH modifiers, sweeteners, bulking agents, and further active agents.
  • The inhibitor of the invention, the combined preparation of the invention, or the pharmaceutical composition of the invention are useful in the prevention and/or treatment of an HBV invention. They preferably inhibit secretion of HBsAg and/or HBeAg, most preferably of HBsAg and HBeAg.
    • Definitions
  • The terms “treatment”, “treating”, “treats” or the like are used herein to generally mean obtaining a desired pharmacological and/or physiological effect. This effect is therapeutic in terms of partially or completely curing a disease and/or adverse effect attributed to the disease. The term “treatment” as used herein covers any treatment of a disease in a subject and includes: (a) inhibiting the disease, i.e. arresting its development like the inhibition of increase of HBsAg and/or HBeAg; or (b) ameliorating (i.e. relieving) the disease, i.e. causing regression of the disease, like the repression of HBsAg and/or HBeAg production. Thus, a compound that ameliorates and/or inhibits a HBV infection is a compound that treats a HBV invention. Preferably, the term “treatment” as used herein relates to medical intervention of an already manifested disorder, like the treatment of an already defined and manifested HBV infection. Herein the term “preventing”, “prevention” or “prevents” relates to a prophylactic treatment, i.e. to a measure or procedure the purpose of which is to prevent, rather than to cure a disease. Prevention means that a desired pharmacological and/or physiological effect is obtained that is prophylactic in terms of completely or partially preventing a disease or symptom thereof. Accordingly, herein “preventing a HBV infection” includes preventing a HBV infection from occurring in a subject, and preventing the occurrence of symptoms of a HBV infection.
  • For the purposes of the present invention the “subject” (or “patient”) may be a vertebrate. In context of the present invention, the term “subject” includes both humans and other animals, particularly mammals, and other organisms. Thus, the herein provided means and methods are applicable to both human therapy and veterinary applications. Accordingly, herein the subject may be an animal such as a mouse, rat, hamster, rabbit, guinea pig, ferret, cat, dog, chicken, sheep, bovine species, horse, camel, or primate. Preferably, the subject is a mammal. More preferably the subject is human.
  • The term “hepatitis B virus infection” or “HBV infection” is commonly known in the art and refers to an infectious disease that is caused by the hepatitis B virus (HBV) and affects the liver. A HBV infection can be an acute or a chronic infection. Some infected persons have no symptoms during the initial infection and some develop a rapid onset of sickness with vomiting, yellowish skin, tiredness, dark urine and abdominal pain (“Hepatitis B Fact sheet N o 204”. who.int. July 2014. Retrieved 4 Nov. 2014). Often these symptoms last a few weeks and can result in death. It may take 30 to 180 days for symptoms to begin. In those who get infected around the time of birth 90% develop a chronic hepatitis B infection while less than 10% of those infected after the age of five do (“Hepatitis B FAQs for the Public—Transmission”, U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), retrieved 2011-11-29). Most of those with chronic disease have no symptoms; however, cirrhosis and liver cancer may eventually develop (Chang, 2007, Semin Fetal Neonatal Med, 12: 160-167). These complications result in the death of 15 to 25% of those with chronic disease (“Hepatitis B Fact sheet N o 204”. who.int. July 2014, retrieved 4 Nov. 2014). Herein, the term “HBV infection” includes the acute and chronic hepatitis B infection. The term “HBV infection” also includes the asymptotic stage of the initial infection, the symptomatic stages, as well as the asymptotic chronic stage of the HBV infection.
  • Herein, an enzymatically active fragment of SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2 (i.e. of PAPD5) relates to those polypeptides that comprise a stretch of contiguous amino acid residues of SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2 (i.e. of PAPD5) and that retain a biological activity (i.e. functionality) of PAPD5, particularly the poly-A polymerase function. In line with this, herein, an enzymatically active fragment of SEQ ID NO: 3 (i.e. of PAPD7) relates to those polypeptides that comprise a stretch of contiguous amino acid residues of SEQ ID NO: 3 (i.e. of PAPD7) and that retain a biological activity (i.e. functionality) of PAPD7, particularly the poly-A polymerase function. Examples for enzymatically active fragments of PAPD5 and PAPD7 are the nucleotidyltransferase domain and the Cid1 poly A polymerase.
  • Herein, term “polypeptide” includes all molecules that comprise or consist of amino acid monomers linked by peptide (amide) bonds. Thus, the term “polypeptide” comprises all amino acid sequences, such as peptides, oliogopeptides, polypeptides and proteins. The “polypeptide” described herein may be a naturally occurring polypeptide or a non-naturally occurring polypeptide. The non-naturally occurring polypeptide may comprise at least one mutation (e.g. amino acid substitution, amino acid deletion or amino acid addition) as compared to the naturally occurring counterpart. The non-naturally occurring polypeptide may also be cloned in a vector and/or be operable linked to a promoter that is not the natural promoter of said polypeptide. Said promoter may be a constitutively active promoter. The term “amino acid” or “residue” as used herein includes both L- and D-isomers of the naturally occurring amino acids as well as of other amino acids (e.g., non-naturally-occurring amino acids, amino acids which are not encoded by nucleic acid sequences, synthetic amino acids etc.). Examples of naturally-occurring amino acids are alanine (Ala; A), arginine (Arg; R), asparagine (Asn; N), aspartic acid (Asp; D), cysteine (Cys; C), glutamine (Gin; Q), glutamic acid (Glu; E), glycine (Gly; G), histidine (His; H), isoleucine (Ile; I), leucine (Leu; L), lysine (Lys; K), methionine (Met; M), phenylalanine (Phe; F), proline (Pro; P), serine (Ser; 5), threonine (Thr; T), tryptophane (Trp; W), tyrosine (Tyr; Y), valine (Val; V). Post-translationally modified naturally-occurring amino acids are dehydrobutyrine (Dhb) and labionin (Lab). Examples for non-naturally occurring amino acids are described above. The non-naturally occurring polypeptide may comprise one or more non-amino acid substituents, or heterologous amino acid substituents, compared to the amino acid sequence of a naturally occurring form of the polypeptide, for example a reporter molecule or another ligand, covalently or non-covalently bound to the amino acid sequence.
  • The term “nucleotide sequence” or “polynucleotide” is commonly known in the art and comprises molecules comprising or consisting of naturally occurring molecules such as DNA and RNA as well as nucleic acid analogues such as, e.g., oligonucleotides thiophosphates, substituted ribo-oligonucleotides, LNA molecules, PNA molecules, GNA (glycol nucleic acid) molecules, TNA (threose nucleic acid) molecules, morpholino polynucleotides, or nucleic acids with modified backbones such as polysiloxane, and 2′-O-(2-methoxy) ethyl-phosphorothioate, or a nucleic acid with substituents, such as methyl-, thio-, sulphate, benzoyl-, phenyl-, amino-, propyl-, chloro-, and methanocarbanucleosides, or a reporter molecule to facilitate its detection. Furthermore, the term “nucleotide sequence” is to be construed equivalently with the term “nucleic acid molecule” in context of the present invention and may inter alia refer to DNA, RNA, PNA or LNA or hybrids thereof or any modification thereof that is known in the art (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,525,711, 4,711,955, 5,792,608 or EP 302175 for examples of modifications). Nucleic acid residues comprised by the nucleic acid sequence described and provided herein may be naturally occurring nucleic acid residues or artificially produced nucleic acid residues. Examples for nucleic acid residues are adenine (A), guanine (G), cytosine (C), thymine (T), uracil (U), xanthine (X), and hypoxanthine (HX). As understood by the person of skill in the art, thymine (T) and uracil (U) may be used interchangeably depending on the respective type of polynucleotide. For example, as the skilled person is aware of, a thymine (T) as part of a DNA corresponds to an uracil (U) as part of the corresponding transcribed mRNA. The polynucleotides described and provided herein may be single- or double-stranded, linear or circular, natural or synthetic.
  • The nucleotide sequences provided herein may be cloned into a vector. The term “vector” as used herein includes plasmids, cosmids, viruses, bacteriophages and other vectors commonly used in genetic engineering. In a preferred embodiment, these vectors are suitable for the transformation of cells, like mammalian cells or yeast cells. Herein, the vector may be an expression vector. Generally, expression vectors have been widely described in the literature. They may comprise a selection marker gene and a replication-origin ensuring replication in the host, a promoter, and a termination signal for transcription. Between the promoter and the termination signal there may be at least one restriction site or a polylinker which enables the insertion of a nucleic acid sequence desired to be expressed. Non-limiting examples for the vector into which a nucleotide sequence provided herein may be cloned are adenoviral, adeno-associated viral (AAV), lentiviral, HIV-based lentiviral, nonviral minicircle-vectors, or other vectors for bacterial and eukaryotic expression systems.
  • Herein, the term “compound” means any molecule, including organic molecules such as small molecules, polynucleotides such as RNAi molecules, polypeptides such as antibodies, and inorganic compounds. The term “compound” also includes lipids, hormone analogs, polypeptide ligands, enzymes, receptors, channels, and antibody conjugates. For example, herein the compound may be an RNAi molecule against PAPD5 and/or PAPD7, an antibody that specifically binds to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7, or a small molecule binding to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7.
  • The term “inhibitor” is known in the art and relates to a compound/substance capable of fully or partially preventing or reducing the physiologic function (i.e. the activity) of (a) specific protein(s) (e.g. of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7). Inhibitors are also known as “antagonists”. In the context of the present invention, the inhibitor of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 may prevent or reduce or inhibit or inactivate the physiological activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7, respectively, e.g., upon binding of said compound/substance to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7, respectively. Binding of an inhibitor/antagonist to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 may reduce the enzymatic function of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 (i.e. the poly-A polymerase function) or may prevent the binding of an endogenous activating molecule to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7, and thereby inhibiting the activity (i.e. function) of these proteins. In the context of the present invention, an “inhibitor” of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 may be capable of preventing the activity/function of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7, respectively, by preventing or reducing the expression of the PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 gene. Thus, an inhibitor of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 may lead to a decreased expression level of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 (e.g. decreased level of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 mRNA, or of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 protein) which is reflected in a decreased functionality (i.e. activity) of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7, wherein said function comprises the poly-A polymerase function. An inhibitor of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7, in the context of the present invention, accordingly, may also encompass transcriptional repressors of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 expression that are capable of reducing the level of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7. Accordingly, all means and methods that result in a decrease in activity (which may be the result of a lower expression) or PAPD5 and/or PAPD7, are to be used as inhibitors of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 in accordance with the present invention.
  • Herein, the term “RNA interference (RNAi) molecule” refers to any molecule inhibiting RNA expression or translation. A small interfering RNA (siRNA) is a double-stranded RNA molecule that, by binding complementary mRNA after transcription, leads to their degradation and loss in translation. A small hairpin RNA (shRNA) is an artificial RNA molecule with a hairpin structure which upon expression is able to reduce mRNA via the DICER and RNA reducing silencing complex (RISC). RNAi molecules can be designed on the base of the RNA sequence of the gene of interest. Corresponding RNAi can then be synthesized chemically or by in vitro transcription, or expressed from a vector or PCR product
  • The term “small molecule” refers to an organic compound with a low molecular weight (<900 daltons). Small molecules may help to regulate a biological process, and have generally a size on the order of 10−9 m. Many drugs are small molecules.
  • Herein the term “antibody” is used in the broadest sense and specifically encompasses intact monoclonal antibodies, polyclonal antibodies, multispecific antibodies (e.g., bispecific antibodies) formed from at least two intact antibodies, and antibody fragments, so long as they exhibit the desired biological activity (i.e. specifically binding to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7). Also human, humanized, camelized or CDR-grafted antibodies are comprised. “Antibody fragments” comprise a portion of an intact antibody. The term “antibody fragments” includes antigen-binding portions, i.e., “antigen binding sites” (e.g., fragments, subsequences, complementarity determining regions (CDRs)) that retain capacity to bind an antigen (such as PAPD5 and/or PAPD7), comprising or alternatively consisting of, for example, (i) a Fab fragment, a monovalent fragment consisting of the VL, VH, CL and CH1 domains; (ii) a F(ab′)2 fragment, a bivalent fragment comprising two Fab fragments linked by a disulfide bridge at the hinge region; (iii) a Fd fragment consisting of the VH and CH1 domains; (iv) a Fv fragment consisting of the VL and VH domains of a single arm of an antibody, (v) a dAb fragment (Ward; 1989; Nature 341; 544-546), which consists of a VH domain; and (vi) an isolated complementarity determining region (CDR). Antibody fragments or derivatives further comprise F(ab′)2, Fv or scFv fragments or single chain antibodies.
  • The phrase “specifically bind(s)” or “bind(s) specifically” when referring to a binding molecule refers to a binding molecule (e.g. an antibody) which has intermediate or high binding affinity, exclusively or predominately, to a target molecule, preferably PAPD5 and/or PAPD7. The phrase “specifically binds to” refers to a binding reaction that is determinative of the presence of a target (preferably the PAPD5 and/or the PAPD7 protein) in the presence of a heterogeneous population of proteins and other biologics. Thus, under designated assay conditions, the specified binding molecules bind preferentially to a particular target (preferably the PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 protein) and do not bind in a significant amount to other components present in a test sample. Specific binding to a target protein under such conditions may require a binding molecule that is selected for its specificity for a particular target protein. A variety of assay formats may be used to select binding molecules that are specifically reactive with a particular target protein. For example, solid-phase ELISA immunoassays, immunoprecipitation, Biacore and Western blot may be used to identify binding molecules that specifically react with the PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 protein. The PAPD5 protein is most preferably a polypeptide that has the amino acid sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2. However, the PAPD5 protein may also be a polypeptide having at least 80%, preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 95%, even more preferably at least 98%, and even more preferably at least 99% identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 or 2 and being functional, wherein the function is poly-A polymerase function. The PAPD7 protein is most preferably a polypeptide that has the amino acid sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 3. However, the PAPD7 protein may also be a polypeptide having at least 80%, preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 95%, even more preferably at least 98%, and even more preferably at least 99% identity to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 3 and being functional, wherein the function is poly-A polymerase function. Typically, a specific or selective reaction will be at least twice background signal or noise and more typically more than 10 times background. Or, in other words, the phrase “specifically binds to” refers to a binding reaction that is determinative of the presence of the target protein (preferably PAPD5 and/or PAPD7) in a heterogeneous population of proteins and other biologics. Typically, an antibody which specifically binds to a certain target (preferably PAPD5 and/or PAPD7) binds to said target with an association constant (Ka) of at least about 1×106 M−1 or 107 M−1, or preferably about 108 M−1 to 109 M−1, or more preferably about 1010 M to 1011 M−1 or higher. Moreover, an antibody that specifically binds to a particular target (preferably PAPD5 and/or PAPD7) preferably binds to this target with an affinity that is at least two-fold greater than its affinity for binding to a non-specific target (e.g., BSA, casein) other than the predetermined target or a closely-related target.
  • In context of the present invention, the term “identity” or “percent identity” means that amino acid or nucleotide sequences have identities of at least 80%, preferably at least 90%, more preferably at least 95%, even more preferably at least 98%, and even more preferably at least 99% identity to the sequences shown herein, e.g. those of SEQ ID NO: 1, 2, or 3, wherein the higher identity values are preferred upon the lower ones. In accordance with the present invention, the term “identity/identities” or “percent identity/identities” in the context of two or more nucleic acid or amino acid sequences, refers to two or more sequences that are the same, or that have a specified percentage of amino acid residues or nucleotides that are the same (e.g., at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 98%, or at least 99% identity with the amino acid sequences of, e.g., SEQ ID NO: 1, 2 or 3, or with the nucleotide sequences of, e.g., SEQ ID NO: 4, 5 or 6), when compared and aligned for maximum correspondence over a window of comparison, or over a designated region as measured using a sequence comparison algorithm as known in the art, or by manual alignment and visual inspection.
  • Preferably the described identity to exists over a region that is at least about 50 amino acids, preferably at least 100 amino acids, more preferably at least 400 amino acids, more preferably at least 500 amino acids, more preferably at least 600 amino acids and most preferably all amino acids in length. In case of nucleotide sequences, the described identity most preferably exists over a region that is at least 100 nucleotides, preferably at least 1,000 nucleotides, more preferably at least 2,000 nucleotides and most preferably all nucleotides in length.
  • Those having skills in the art will know how to determine percent identity between/among sequences using, for example, algorithms such as those based on CLUSTALW computer program (Thompson, 1994, Nucl Acids Res, 2: 4673-4680) or FASTDB (Brutlag, 1990, Comp App Biosci, 6: 237-245), as known in the art. Also available to those having skills in this art are the BLAST and BLAST 2.0 algorithms (Altschul, 1997, Nucl Acids Res 25: 3389-3402; Altschul, 1993, J Mol Evol, 36: 290-300; Altschul, 1990, J Mol Biol 215: 403-410). For example, BLAST 2.0, which stands for Basic Local Alignment Search Tool BLAST (Altschul, 1997, loc. cit.; Altschul, 1993, loc. cit.; Altschul, 1990, loc. cit.), can be used to search for local sequence alignments. BLAST, as discussed above, produces alignments of both nucleotide and amino acid sequences to determine sequence similarity. Because of the local nature of the alignments, BLAST is especially useful in determining exact matches or in identifying similar sequences.
  • Analogous computer techniques using BLAST (Altschul, 1997, loc. cit.; Altschul, 1993, loc. cit.; Altschul, 1990, loc. cit.) are used to search for identical or related molecules in nucleotide databases such as GenBank or EMBL.
  • Herein, the term “measuring” also means “analyzing” or “determining” (i.e. detecting and/or quantifying). For example, the term “measuring the expression and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7” means determining the amount of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 expression and/or activity, for example, determining the amount of the PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 polypeptide (i.e. protein). Methods for measuring (i.e. determining) the amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 protein are known in the art and described herein above. Analogously, the term “measuring whether a test compound binds to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7” means analyzing or determining (i.e. detecting) whether a test compound binds to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7, e.g. to the PAPD5 polypeptide (i.e. protein) and/or to the PAPD7 polypeptide (i.e. protein). In line with this, the term “measuring whether a test compound inhibits propagation of HBV” means analyzing or determining (i.e. detecting and/or quantifying) whether a test compound inhibits propagation of HBV.
  • As used herein, the term “C1-6alkyl” alone or in combination signifies a saturated, linear- or branched chain alkyl group containing 1 to 6, particularly 1 to 4 carbon atoms, for example methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, 1-butyl, 2-butyl, tert-butyl and the like. Particular “C1-6alkyl” groups are methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and tert-butyl.
  • The term “C3-7cycloalkyl”, alone or in combination, refers to a saturated carbon ring containing from 3 to 7 carbon atoms, particularly from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and the like. Particular “C3-7cycloalkyl” groups are cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl.
  • The term “C2-6alkenyl” denotes an unsaturated, linear or branched chain alkenyl group containing 2 to 6, particularly 2 to 4 carbon atoms, for example vinyl, propenyl, allyl, butenyl and the like. Particular “C2-6alkenyl” group is allyl and vinyl.
  • The term “C2-6alkynyl” denotes an unsaturated, linear or branched chain alkynyl group containing 2 to 6, particularly 2 to 4 carbon atoms, for example ethynyl, 1-propynyl, propargyl, butynyl and the like. Particular “C2-6alkynyl” groups are ethynyl and 1-propynyl.
  • The term “CxH2x” alone or in combination signifies a saturated, linear- or branched chain alkyl group containing 1 to 6, particularly 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The term “C1-6alkoxy” alone or in combination signifies a group C1-6alkyl-O—, wherein the “C1-6alkyl” is as defined above; for example methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, iso-propoxy, n-butoxy, iso-butoxy, 2-butoxy, tert-butoxy, pentoxy, hexyloxy and the like. Particular “C1-6alkoxy” groups are methoxy, ethoxy and propoxy.
  • The term “halogen” means fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine.
  • The term “haloC1-6alkyl” denotes a C1-6alkyl group wherein at least one of the hydrogen atoms of the C1-6alkyl group has been replaced by same or different halogen atoms, particularly fluoro atoms. Examples of haloC1-6alkyl include monofluoro-, difluoro- or trifluoro-methyl, -ethyl or -propyl, for example 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl, 3,3-difluoropropyl, 2-fluoroethyl, 2,2-difluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl or trifluoromethyl. Particular “haloC1-6alkyl” group is difluoromethyl or trifluoromethyl.
  • The term “haloC1-6alkoxy” denotes a C1-6alkoxy group wherein at least one of the hydrogen atoms of the C1-6alkoxy group has been replaced by same or different halogen atoms, particularly fluoro atoms. Examples of haloC1-6alkoxyl include monofluoro-, difluoro- or trifluoro-methoxy, -ethoxy or -propoxy, for example fluoropropoxy, difluoropropoxy, trifluoropropoxy, fluoroethoxy, difluoroethoxy, trifluoroethoxy, fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy or trifluoromethoxy. Particular “haloC1-6alkoxy” group is 3-fluoropropoxy, 3,3-difluoropropoxy, 3,3,3-trifluoropropoxy, 2-fluoroethoxy, 2,2-difluoroethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy, fluoromethoxy, difluoromethoxy or trifluoromethoxy.
  • The term “C3-7cycloalkyl”, alone or in combination, refers to a saturated carbon ring containing from 3 to 7 carbon atoms, particularly from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl and the like. Particular “C3-7cycloalkyl” groups are cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl.
  • The term “C1-6alkoxy” alone or in combination signifies a group C1-6alkyl-O—, wherein the “C1-6alkyl” is as defined above; for example methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, iso-propoxy, n-butoxy, iso-butoxy, 2-butoxy, tert-butoxy and the like. Particular “C1-6alkoxy” groups are methoxy and ethoxy and more particularly methoxy.
  • The term “haloC3-7cycloalkyl” denotes a C3-7cycloalkyl group wherein at least one of the hydrogen atoms of the C3-7cycloalkyl group has been replaced by same or different halogen atoms, particularly fluoro atoms. Examples of haloC3-7cycloalkyl include monofluoro- or difluoro-cyclopropyl, -cyclobutyl, -cyclopentyl or -cyclohexyl, for example fluorocyclopropyl, difluorocyclopropyl, fluocyclobutyl, difluocyclobutyl, fluocyclopentyl, difluocyclopentyl, fluocyclohexyl or difluocyclohexyl. Particular “haloC1-6alkyl” group is difluorocyclopropyl.
  • With respect to formula (I) the term “amino”, alone or in combination, refers to primary (—NH2), secondary (—NH—) or tertiary amino
  • Figure US20220096527A1-20220331-C00012
  • With respect to formula (II) the term “amino” denotes a group of the formula —NR′R″ wherein R′ and R″ are independently hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxy, C3-7cycloalkyl, heteroC3-7cycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl. Alternatively, R′ and R″, together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, can form a heteroC3-7cycloalkyl.
  • The term “carbonyl” alone or in combination refers to the group —C(O)—.
  • The term “cyano” alone or in combination refers to the group —CN.
  • The term “C1-6alkylsulfinyl” denotes a group —SO—C1-6alkyl, wherein C1-6alkyl group is defined above. Examples of C1-6alkylsulfinyl include methylsulfinyl and ethylsulfinyl.
  • The term “C1-6alkylsulfonyl” denotes a group —SO2—C1-6alkyl, wherein C1-6alkyl group is defined above. Examples of C1-6alkylsulfonyl include methylsulfonyl and ethylsulfonyl.
  • The term “monocyclic heteroaryl” denotes a monovalent aromatic heterocyclic mono-ring system of 5 to 8 ring atoms, comprising 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, the remaining ring atoms being carbon. Examples of monocyclic heteroaryl moieties include pyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, azepinyl, diazepinyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl and the like.
  • With regard to formula (I) the term “monocyclic heterocycloalkyl” refers to a monovalent saturated or partly unsaturated monocyclic ring system of 3 to 7 ring atoms, comprising 1, 2, or 3 ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, the remaining ring atoms being carbon. Examples for monocyclic heterocycloalkyl are aziridinyl, oxiranyl, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-oxo-pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydro-thienyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, 1,1-dioxo-thiomorpholin-4-yl, azepanyl, diazepanyl, homopiperazinyl, or oxazepanyl. Particular “monocyclic heterocycloalkyl” groups are morpholinyl, 2-oxo-pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, and more particularly pyrrolidin-1-yl, 2-oxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl, tetrahydropyran-4-yl and morpholin-1-yl.
  • With regard to formula (II) the term “monocyclic heterocycloalkyl” is a monovalent saturated or partly unsaturated monocyclic ring system of 4 to 7 ring atoms, comprising 1, 2, or 3 ring heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, the remaining ring atoms being carbon. Examples for monocyclic heterocycloalkyl are aziridinyl, oxiranyl, azetidinyl, oxetanyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-oxo-pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, thietanyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolidinyl, thiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrothiopyranyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, 2-oxo-morpholinyl, 2-oxo-piperazinyl, thiomorpholinyl, 1,1-dioxo-thiomorpholin-4-yl, 1,1-dioxothiolanyl, 1,1-dioxothietanyl, oxoimidazolidinyl, azepanyl, diazepanyl, homopiperazinyl, or oxazepanyl. Particular “monocyclic heterocycloalkyl” groups are azetidinyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1,1-dioxothietanyl, 1,1-dioxothiolanyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, oxoimidazolidinyl, 2-oxo-pyrrolidinyl, 2-oxo-morpholinyl and 2-oxo-piperazinyl. More particularly, “monocyclic heterocycloalkyl” groups are azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl, oxomorpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl and oxopiperazinyl.
  • The term “aryl” denotes a monovalent aromatic carbocyclic mono- or bicyclic ring system comprising 6 to 10 carbon ring atoms. Examples of aryl moieties include phenyl and naphthyl, Particular “aryl” is phenyl.
  • The term “heteroaryl” denotes a monovalent aromatic heterocyclic mono- or bicyclic ring system of 5 to 12 ring atoms, comprising 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, the remaining ring atoms being carbon. Examples of heteroaryl moieties include pyrrolyl, furanyl, thienyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, azepinyl, diazepinyl, isoxazolyl, benzofuranyl, isothiazolyl, benzothienyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, isobenzofuranyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzoisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzooxadiazolyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzotriazolyl, purinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, or quinoxalinyl. Particular “heteroaryl” are pyridinyl and pyrimidinyl.
  • The term “N-containing monocyclic heteroaryl” refers to a monocyclic heteroaryl wherein at least one of the heteroatoms is N. Examples for N-containing monocyclic heteroaryl are pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, azepinyl, diazepinyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl and the like. Particular “N-containing monocyclic heteroaryl” groups are imidazolyl, pyrazolyl and triazolyl, and more particularly imidazol-1-yl, pyrazol-1-yl and 1,2,4-triazol-1-yl.
  • The term “halogen” means fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine. Halogen is particularly fluorine, chlorine or bromine.
  • The term “hydroxy” alone or in combination refers to the group —OH.
  • Figure US20220096527A1-20220331-C00013
  • The term “2-oxo-pyrrolidinyl” alone or in combination refers to the group.
  • The term “sulfonyl” alone or in combination refers to the group —S(O)2—.
  • The term “C1-6alkylamino” refers to amino group as defined above wherein at least one of the hydrogen atoms of the amino group is replaced by a C1-6alkyl group.
  • The term “C1-6alkylsulfonyl” refers to a group C1-6alkyl-S(O)2—, wherein the “C1-6alkyl” is as defined above.
  • The term “aminocarbonyl” refers to a group amino-C(O)—, wherein the “amino” is as defined above.
  • The term “cyanoC3-7cycloalkyl” refers to C3-7cycloalkyl group as defined above wherein at least one of the hydrogen atoms of the C3-7cycloalkyl group is replaced by a cyano group.
  • The term “pyrrolidinylcarbonyl” refers to a group pyrrolidinyl-C(O)—.
  • The term “enantiomer” denotes two stereoisomers of a compound which are non-superimposable mirror images of one another.
  • The term “diastereomer” denotes a stereoisomer with two or more centers of chirality and whose molecules are not mirror images of one another. Diastereomers have different physical properties, e.g. melting points, boiling points, spectral properties, and reactivities.
  • The present invention is further described by reference to the non-limiting figures and examples.
  • Examples The Examples illustrate the invention.
  • Material and Methods
  • Compound Chemistry
  • Each one compound from the two chemical series DHQ and THP were synthesized to be suitable for the Y3H screening performed by HYBRIGENICS SERVICES SAS. Both compounds included PEG5 linker and were tagged with a Trimethoprim (TMP) anchor ligand (Table 1).
  • TABLE 1
    TMP-tagged compound IDs
    Hybrigenics
    ID Structure
    DHQ com- pound- TMP HBX129653
    Figure US20220096527A1-20220331-C00014
    THP com- pound- TMP HBX129654
    Figure US20220096527A1-20220331-C00015
  • Y3H ULTImate YChemH™ Screen
  • The two compounds were provided by Roche to HYBRIGENICS SERVICES SAS and tested for permeability and toxicity. Compounds were then screened against HYBRIGENICS's cDNA Human placenta library (PLA). The screens were carried out according to the optimized cell-to-cell mating protocol developed for Hybrigenics ULTImate Y2H™ using at different compound concentration (Table 2).
  • TABLE 2
    YChemH screens IDs
    Hybrigenics YChemH Probe
    ID Project YChemH screen Project ID concentration
    DHQ HBX129653 hgx4240 PLA_RP6_hgx4240v1_pB409_A  5 μM
    compound
    THP HBX129654 hgx4241 PLA_RP6_hgx4241v1_pB409_A 10 μM
    compound
  • Y3H ULTImate YChemH™ Dependency Assay
  • Clones obtained from the screen were picked in 96-well format and clones positive for growth under selective conditions (HIS+) were evaluated in a dependency assay using spot assays. Only clones that were able to grow on selective medium in the presence of the tagged compound were being picked up, processed (cell lysis, PCR, gene sequencing) and mapped for protein alignment using Blast analysis.
  • Y3H ULTImate YChemH™ 1-by-1 Validation Experiment Prey Fragments
  • In this validation step each one identified fragment prey and one chemical probe (HBX129653, HBX129654) is tested in a 1-by-1 experiment. The plasmids from 3 selected preys from the screening library were extracted from the yeast cells, amplified in E. coli and re-transformed into YHGX13 yeast cells. For each interaction, DO1, 1/10, 1/100 and 1/1000 of the diploid yeast culture expressing both hook and prey constructs were spotted on a selective medium without tryptophan, leucine and histidine and supplemented with the chemical probe and FK506. Interactions were tested in duplicate. One plate was used per chemical compound and concentration (DMSO, 5, 10 and 20 μM of HBX129653, 5, 10 and 20 μM of HBX129654, 5 μM of HBX24786 Trimethoprim (TMP) and 5 μM of HBX129634 (TMP-PEG5-OH)). Plates were incubated at 30° C. for 3 days.
  • Y3H ULTImate YChemH™ 1-by-1 Validation Experiment Full Length Proteins
  • The coding sequence of full-length PAPD5var1 (NM 001040284.2) and PAPD7varX1 (XM_005248234.2) were reconstituted from an N-terminal codon-optimized gene fragment (to remove high GC content) and commercially available clones of the C-terminal regions of the proteins and cloned in frame with the Gal4 Activation Domain (AD) into plasmid pP7 (AD-Prey), derived from the original pGADGH (Bartel et al., 1993 in Cellular interactions in development: A practical approach. ed. Hartley, D. A., Oxford University Press, Oxford, pp. 153-179). The constructs were checked by sequencing the entire inserts. For each prey, a mini-mating was carried out between YHGX13 (Y187 ade2-101::loxP-kanMX-IoxP, mato) transformed with the prey plasmids and YPT6AT yeast cells (mata) transformed with the DHFR hook (Dihydrofolate reductase) to produce a diploid yeast culture. For each interaction, DO1, 1/10, 1/100 and 1/1000 of the diploid yeast culture expressing both hook and prey constructs were spotted on a selective medium without tryptophan, leucine and histidine and supplemented with the chemical probe and FK506. Interactions were tested in duplicate. One plate was used per chemical compound and concentration (DMSO, 5, 10 and 20 μM of HBX129653, 5, 10 and 20 μM of HBX129654, 5 μM of HBX24786 Trimethoprim (TMP) and 5 μM of HBX129634 (TMP-PEG5-OH)). Plates were incubated at 30° C. for 3 days.
  • Y3H ULTImate YChemH™—Competition with Free Compound
  • The competition assay is based on the previously described 1-by-1 validation with a constant concentration for the chemical probe (HBX129653, HBX 129654) and increasing concentrations of the parent compound of the chemical probe (MOL653, MOL654) or its inactive enantiomer (INACT653, INACT654) (Table 3). The competition assays were performed on selective medium at 8 concentrations of the free compound (0, 0.25, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 and 20 μM) and a consistent concentration for the tagged Y3H-compound (1 μM).
  • TABLE 3
    YChemH competition IDs
    Hybrigenics
    ID Structure
    DHQ compound- active MOL653
    Figure US20220096527A1-20220331-C00016
    DHQ compound- inactive INACT653
    Figure US20220096527A1-20220331-C00017
    THP compound- active MOL654
    Figure US20220096527A1-20220331-C00018
    THP compound- inactive INACT654
    Figure US20220096527A1-20220331-C00019
  • HepaRG Cell Culture
  • HepaRG cells (Biopredics International, Rennes, France, Cat #HPR101) were cultured at 37° C. in a humidified atmosphere with 5% CO2 in complete HepaRG growth medium consisting of William's E Medium (GIBCO), Growth Medium Supplement (Biopredics, Cat #ADD710) and 1% (v/v) GlutaMAX-1 (Gibco #32551) and 1× Pen/Strep (Gibco, #15140) for 2 weeks. To initiate differentiation, 0.9% (v/v) DMSO (Sigma-Aldrich, D2650) was added to the growth medium on confluent cells. After one week, medium was replaced by complete differentiation medium (HepaRG growth medium supplemented with 1.8% (v/v) DMSO) in which cells were maintained for approximately 4 weeks with differentiation medium renewal every 7 days. Differentiated HepaRG cells (dHepaRG), displayed hepatocyte-like cell islands surrounded by monolayer of biliary-like cells. Prior to HBV infection and compound treatment, dHepaRG cells were seeded into collagen I coated 96-well plates (Gibco, Cat #A11428-03) at 60,000 cells per well in 100 μL of complete differentiation medium. Cells were allowed to recover their differentiated phenotype in 96-well plates for approximately 1 week after plating prior to HBV infection.
  • HBV Infection of dHepaRG
  • dHepaRG cells were infected with HBV particles at an MOI of 30. The HBV particles were produced from HBV-producing HepG2.2.15 cells (Sells et al 1987 Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 84, 1005-1009). dHepaRG culture conditions, differentiation and HBV infection have been described previously (Hantz, 2009, J. Gen. Virol., 2009, 90: 127-135). In brief complete differentiation medium (120 μL/well) containing 4% PEG-8000 and virus stock (20 to 30 GE/cell) was added. One day post-infection, the cells were washed three times with phosphate-buffered saline and medium (complete differentiation medium) was replaced every two days during the experiment.
  • siRNA Treatment of HBV-Infected HepaRG
  • A pool of four different siRNAs was acquired from GE Dharmacon (ON TARGETplus) (Table 4).
  • TABLE 4
    Overview siRNAs
    siRNA
    ON TARGETplus (Cat.No.) Target Sequence SEQ ID NO
    siPAPD5 (Cat. No. # J-010011-05 CAUCAAUGCUUUAUAUCGA 10
    L-010011-00-0010) J-010011-06 GGACGACACUUCAAUUAUU 11
    J-010011-07 GAUAAAGGAUGGUGGUUCA 12
    J-010011-08 GAAUAGACCUGAGCCUUCA 13
    siPAPD7 (Cat. No. # J-009807-05 GGAGUGACGUUGAUUCAGA 14
    L-009807-00-0005) J-009807-06 CGGAGUUCAUCAAGAAUUA 15
    J-009807-07 CGGAGUUCAUCAAGAAUUA 16
    J-009807-08 GCGAAUAGCCACAUGCAAU 17
  • One day before infection with HBV cells and 4 days after infection cells were treated with siRNA pool either against PAPD5, PAPD7, both or the non-targeting siRNA as control. The siRNAs were transfected using DharmaFect 4 (GE Dharmacon; Cat. No. T-2004-01) and OPTI-MEM (Thermo Scientific; Cat. No. 51985034) according to manufacturer's protocol. The cells were treated for 11 days.
  • HBV Antigen Measurements
  • To evaluate the impact on HBV antigen expression and secretion, supernatants were collected on Day 11. HBV HBsAg and HBeAg levels were measured using CLIA ELISA Kits (Autobio Diagnostic #CL0310-2, #CL0312-2), according to the manufacturer's protocol. Briefly, 25 μL of supernatant per well were transferred to the respective antibody coated microtiter plate and 25 μL of enzyme conjugate reagent were added. The plate was incubated for 60 min on a shaker at room temperature before the wells were washed five times with washing buffer using an automatic washer. 25 μL of substrate A and B were added to each well. The plates were incubated on a shaker for 10 min at room temperature before luminescence was measured using an Envision luminescence reader (Perkin Elmer).
  • Cell Viability
  • After the removal of supernatant media from the HBV infected dHepaRG cells, cells were incubated with CellTiterGlo One Solution (Promega) to measure cell viability.
  • Real-Time PCR for Intracellular mRNA
  • For intracellular mRNA isolation, dHepaRG were washed once with PBS (Gibco) and lysed using the MagNA Pure “96 Cellular RNA Large Volume Kit” (Roche #05467535001). The lystates may be stored at at −80° C. For the real-time qPCR reaction an AB7900 HT sequence detection system (Applied Biosystems), the TaqMan® Gene Expression Master Mix (ThermoFisher Scientific) were used. For detection of HBV mRNA HBV core-specific primer (Integrated DNA Technologies) (Table 5) and to measure reduction of PAPD5 and PAPD7, in the presence of siRNA, gene-specific TaqMan Expression Assay probes (ThermoFisher Scientific; PAPD5 Cat. No. 4331182; PAPD7 Cat. No. 4331182) were used. Samples were normalized using TaqMan Expression Assay probe against b-Actin (ThermoFisher Scientific; PAPD5 Cat. No. 4331182).
  • TABLE 5
    HBV core specific TaqMan probes
    Name Dye Sequence SEQ ID NO
    HBV Forward CTG TGC CTT GGG TGG CTT T 18
    core (F3_HBVcore)
    Primer Reverse AAG GAA AGA AGT CAG AAG GCA AAA 19
    (R3_HBVcore)
    Probe FAM- AGC TCC AAA/ZEN/TTC TTT ATA AGG 20
    (P3_HBVcore) MGB GTC GAT GTC CAT G
    • Example 1: DHQ and THP Binds to PAPD5 and PAPD7
  • PAPD5/7 were Identified in Y3H Ultimate YChemH Screen as Common Interaction Partner of DHQ and THP
  • Both proteins PAPD5 (variant 1: NP_001035374; variant 2: NP_001035375) and PAPD7 (XP_005248291) were identified by a numerous number of fragments in the Y3H screen for both compounds (DHQ and THP) as described in the Materials and Method section. The identified proteins were ranked with a confidence score of A (scale A-D) by HYBRIGENICS (Table 6).
  • TABLE 6
    YChemH screen results for PAPD5/7
    Hybrigenics Protein prey # of Confidence
    ID identified fragments score
    DHQ HBX129653 PAPD5 variant 1 28 A
    compound PAPD5 variant 2 1 N/A
    PAPD7 12 A
    THP HBX129654 PAPD5 variant 1 5 N/A
    compound PAPD5 variant 2 49 A
    PAPD7 24 A
  • PAPD5/7 Interaction with DHQ and THP could be Confirmed Using Y3H ULTImate YChemH 1-by-1 Validation of Identified Prey Fragments and Further with Full Length Proteins
  • In a first validation step three fragments identified in the first screen were selected for the 1-by-1 validation assay (as described in the Materials and Method section) and tested at three different concentrations (5, 10 and 20 μM) (Table 7).
  • TABLE 7
    interacting fragment selected for validation assay
    Interaction # Prey fragment ID Protein Prey
    A PLA_RP6_hgx4240v1_pB409_A-15 PAPD7
    B PLA_RP6_hgx4241v1_pB409_A-112 PAPD5 variant 1
    C PLA_RP6_hgx4240v1_pB409_A-24 PAPD5 variant 2
  • All three fragments could be validated as specific binders for DHQ and THP already at the lowest tested concentration (FIG. 1).
  • In a second validation step, full length proteins for PAPD5 and PAPD7 were synthesized and used for 1-by-1 validation (as described in the Materials and Method section) with DHQ and THP (Table 8).
  • TABLE 8
    Reference ID for full length protein prey used in 1-by-1 validation assay
    Interaction # HYBRIGENICS Reference Protein Prey
    A hgx4386v1_pP7 PAPD5 var1 full length
    B hgx4388v2_pP7 PAPD7 var1 full length
  • The interaction between these full length proteins and the DHQ and THP compounds were confirmed at the lowest tested concentration and shown to be specific for the chemical probes (FIG. 2).
  • PAPD5/7 Interaction with DHQ and THP in Y3H can be Competed by Both Free Active Compound, but not the Inactive Enantiomer
  • After validation of binding of DHQ and THP to protein fragments and full length PAPD5 and PAPD7 the binding was confirmed in a Y3H ULTImate YChenH competition experiment (as described in the Materials and Method section) using either inactive or active free compound (Table 9). A decrease of loss of yeast growth in the presence of the parent active compound, but not in the presence of the inactive enantiomer, means that the parent compound competes with the chemical probe and interacts with the protein target.
  • For all tested compounds toxicity on non-selective medium at the highest concentration (20 μM) was tested using CellTiter-Glo Luminescent Cell Viability Assay (Promega) according to the manufacturer's protocol. No toxicity was observed at this concentration for any compound as yeast growth was not affected (data not shown). For both active free parent compounds (DHQ and THP, MOL653 and MOL654, respectively) competition could be observed, with lower concentration needed for competing the binding to the full length protein than for the fragment interactions (FIG. 3+4). Successful cross competition suggests a shared binding side for DHQ and THP to PAPD5/7 or at least binding in close proximity to each other.
  • TABLE 9
    Reference ID for protein prey used in competition assay
    Interaction # Prey fragment ID Protein Prey
    A PLA_RP6_hgx4241v1_pB409_A-112 PAPD5 var1 experimental
    fragment
    B hgx4386v1_pP7 PAPD5 var1 full length
    C PLA_RP6_hgx4240v1_pB409_A-15 PAPD7 varX1 experimental
    fragment
    D hgx4388v2_pP7 PAPD7 varX1 full length
    • Example 2: Inhibition of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 with siRNA Results in Effective Treatment of HBV Infection
  • To correlate the binding of DHQ and THP to PAPD5/7 and the impact of these two proteins on HBV gene expression, we used RNAi technology to reduce these proteins in naturally HBV infected dHepaRG and to monitor the impact of this reduction on viral parameters. For that we used siRNA pools against PAPD5 and PAPD7 (see table 4) in HBV infected dHepaRG cells as described in the Materials and methods section.
  • Reduction of PAPD5 led to inhibition of viral expression measured by secreted HBsAg and HBeAg as well as intracellular HBV mRNA (measured using CLIA ELISA and real-time PCR as described in the Materials and Methods section). While the reduction of PAPD5 mRNA dramatically reduced HBV gene expression, inhibition of PAPD7 had a modest effect on HBV expression (FIG. 7). However, an enhanced synergistic anti-HBV activity was observed when siRNA against PAPD7 and PAPD5 were combined (FIG. 7), suggesting a compensative role for PAPD7 in the absence of PAPD5.
    • Example 3: DHQ and THP Effectively Reduces HBsAg and HBeAg
  • The potency of DHQ and THP and their variants against HBV infection were measured in HepG2.2.15 cells using HBsAg and HBeAg as read out.
  • HepG2.2.15 cells (Sells et al 1987 Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 84, 1005-1009) were cultured in 96 well plates (15.000 cells/well in 100 uL) in DMEM+GluTaMax-1 (GiBCO Cat. NO. 10569), 1% Pen Strep (Gibco Cat. No. 15140), 10% FBS (Clontech Cat. No. 631106), Geneticin 0.25 ug/ml (Invitrogen 10131035). The compounds were tested using three-fold serial dilutions in DMSO with a top concentration of 100 μM and 9 serial dilutions. Each compound was tested in quadricate. The cells were incubated for 3 days, supernatants were collected and HBsAg and HBeAg were measured as described in the Materials and Methods section. The IC50 values of the tested compounds in the reduction of secretion of HBsAg and HBeAg are shown in the following:
  • HBX129653 (DHQ TMP): IC50 HBsAg 1.181 uM
  • HBX129654 (THP TMP): IC50 HBsAg 0.299 uM
  • MOL653 (DHQ free—active): IC50 HBsAg 0.003 uM; IC50 HBeAg 0.007 uM
  • MOL654 (THP free—active): IC50 HBsAg 0.003 uM
  • INACT653 (DHQ free—inactive): IC50 HBsAg 3.15 uM
  • INACT654 (THP free—inactive): IC50 HBsAg>25 uM

Claims (11)

1-16. (canceled)
17. An inhibitor of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 for use in treating a HBV infection, wherein said inhibitor is
a. a small molecule that binds to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7; or
b. an antibody that specifically binds to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7.
18. The inhibitor according to claim 17, which
a. binds to PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 polypeptide; and/or
b. inhibits expression and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7.
19. The inhibitor according to claim 17, wherein the inhibitor reduces secretion of HBsAg and HBeAg.
20. The inhibitor according to claim 17, wherein the inhibitor inhibits development of chronic HBV infection and/or reduces the infectiousness of a HBV infected person.
21. The inhibitor according to claim 17, wherein the inhibitor is the compound of formula (II):
Figure US20220096527A1-20220331-C00020
wherein
R1 is C1-6alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, haloC1-6alkyl, hydroxyC1-6alkyl, nitroC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxycarbonylC1-6alkyl, carboxyC1-6alkyl, di(C1-6alkoxycarbonyl)methylenyl, cyanoC1-6alkyl, C3-7cycloalkylC1-6alkyl, phenylC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkylsufanylC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkylsufonylC1-6alkyl, aminoC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkylcarbonylaminoC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkylsufonylaminoC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxycarbonyl aminoC1-6alkyl, aminocarbonylC1-6alkyl, diC1-6alkylaminocarbonylC1-6alkyl, monocyclic heterocycloalkylC1-6alkyl or imidazolylC1-6alkyl;
R2 is aryl or heteroaryl, said aryl or heteroaryl being unsubstituted, or substituted by one, two, three or four substituents independently selected from C1-6alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, halogen, haloC1-6alkyl, cyano, nitro, hydroxy, haloC1-6alkoxy, —O—CxH2x—R3, —O—CyH2—NHR6, —NR9R10, —SO2—R11, —SO2—NR12R13, carboxy, C1-6alkoxycarbonyl, —C(═O)—NR12R13, aryl, heteroaryl, monocyclic heterocycloalkyl and —O-monocyclic heterocycloalkyl; wherein
monocyclic heterocycloalkyl is unsubstituted or substituted by C1-6alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C1-6alkylcarbonyl, C1-6alkylsufonyl or C1-6alkoxycarbonyl;
R3 is hydrogen; C3-7cycloalkyl; haloC3-7cycloalkyl; hydroxy; hydroxyC1-6alkylC3-7cycloalkyl; C1-6alkoxy; monocyclic heterocycloalkyl; monocyclic heterocycloalkyl substituted by C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkylcarbonyl, C1-6alkylsufonyl, C3-7cycloalkyl or C1-6alkoxycarbonyl; —C(═O)—R4; C1-6alkylsulfinyl; —SO2—R5; —C(NHR7)—C(═O)—R8; carboxyC1-6alkoxy or aminocarbonylC1-6alkoxy; wherein
R4 is hydroxy, C1-6alkoxy, amino, C1-6alkylamino, diC1-6alkylamino, tetrahydrofuranylamino, pyrrolidinyl or morpholinyl;
R5 is C1-6alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, hydroxy, amino, C1-6alkylamino or diC1-6alkylamino;
R7 is hydrogen or C1-6alkoxycarbonyl;
R8 is hydroxy or C1-6alkoxy;
R6 is hydrogen, C1-6alkylcarbonyl, haloC1-6alkylcarbonyl, C1-6alkoxycarbonyl,
C1-6alkylsulfonyl, C3-7cycloalkylsulfonyl or C1-6alkoxyC1-6alkylsulfonyl;
R9 and R10 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C1-6alkylcarbonyl, C1-6alkylsulfonyl, C3-7cycloalkylcarbonyl and C3-7cycloalkylsulfonyl; or
R9 and R10 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form monocyclic heterocycloalkyl;
R11 is C1-6alkyl, haloC1-6alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, haloC3-7cycloalkyl, hydroxyC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxyC1-6alkyl, haloC1-6alkoxyC1-6alkyl, C3-7cycloalkylC1-6alkyl, aminoC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkylaminoC1-6alkyl, diC1-6alkylaminoC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkylcarbonylaminoC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkylsulfonylaminoC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxycarbonylaminoC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkylsulfenylC1-6alkyl, C1-6alkylsulfanylC1-6alkyl or C1-6alkylsulfonylC1-6alkyl;
R12 and R13 are independently selected from hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxyC1-6alkyl, haloC1-6alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl and haloC3-7cycloalkyl; or
R12 and R13 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form monocyclic heterocycloalkyl;
x is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8;
y is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 or 8;
U, W and Z are independently selected from CH and N;
one of X and Y is N, and the other one is CH or N.
22. The inhibitor for the use according to claim 17, wherein the inhibitor is an antibody that specifically binds to the amino acid stretch of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 7, 8 or 9.
23. A pharmaceutical composition for use in the treatment of a HBV infection, wherein the pharmaceutical composition comprises
a. the inhibitor for the use according to claim 17; and
b. a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
24. A method for monitoring the therapeutic success during the treatment of a HBV infection, wherein the method comprises:
a. analyzing in a sample obtained from a test subject the amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7;
b. comparing said amount and/or activity with reference data corresponding to the amount and/or activity of PAPD5 and/or PAPD7 of at least one reference subject; and
c. predicting therapeutic success based on the comparison step (b).
25. A pharmaceutical composition for use in the treatment of a HBV infection, wherein the pharmaceutical composition comprises:
a. the inhibitor according to claim 21; and
b. a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
26. A pharmaceutical composition for use in the treatment of a HBV infection, wherein the pharmaceutical composition comprises:
a. the inhibitor according to claim 21; and
b. a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
US17/542,358 2016-06-17 2021-12-03 Papd5 and papd7 inhibitors for treating a hepatitis b infection Pending US20220096527A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US17/542,358 US20220096527A1 (en) 2016-06-17 2021-12-03 Papd5 and papd7 inhibitors for treating a hepatitis b infection

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP16175045.0 2016-06-17
EP16175045 2016-06-17
PCT/EP2017/064981 WO2017216391A1 (en) 2016-06-17 2017-06-19 Papd5 and papd7 inhibitors for treating a hepatitis b infection
US201816310765A 2018-12-17 2018-12-17
US17/542,358 US20220096527A1 (en) 2016-06-17 2021-12-03 Papd5 and papd7 inhibitors for treating a hepatitis b infection

Related Parent Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/310,765 Division US11191775B2 (en) 2016-06-17 2017-06-19 PAPD5 and PAPD7 inhibitors for treating a hepatitis B infection
PCT/EP2017/064981 Division WO2017216391A1 (en) 2016-06-17 2017-06-19 Papd5 and papd7 inhibitors for treating a hepatitis b infection

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20220096527A1 true US20220096527A1 (en) 2022-03-31

Family

ID=56321739

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/310,765 Active US11191775B2 (en) 2016-06-17 2017-06-19 PAPD5 and PAPD7 inhibitors for treating a hepatitis B infection
US16/310,789 Active US11534452B2 (en) 2016-06-17 2017-06-19 Nucleic acid molecules for reduction of PAPD5 or PAPD7 mRNA for treating hepatitis B infection
US17/542,358 Pending US20220096527A1 (en) 2016-06-17 2021-12-03 Papd5 and papd7 inhibitors for treating a hepatitis b infection
US18/145,791 Pending US20230210887A1 (en) 2016-06-17 2022-12-22 Nucleic acid molecules for reduction of papd5 or papd7 mrna for treating hepatitis b infection

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/310,765 Active US11191775B2 (en) 2016-06-17 2017-06-19 PAPD5 and PAPD7 inhibitors for treating a hepatitis B infection
US16/310,789 Active US11534452B2 (en) 2016-06-17 2017-06-19 Nucleic acid molecules for reduction of PAPD5 or PAPD7 mRNA for treating hepatitis B infection

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US18/145,791 Pending US20230210887A1 (en) 2016-06-17 2022-12-22 Nucleic acid molecules for reduction of papd5 or papd7 mrna for treating hepatitis b infection

Country Status (19)

Country Link
US (4) US11191775B2 (en)
EP (3) EP3472362B1 (en)
JP (5) JP7258558B2 (en)
KR (3) KR102381682B1 (en)
CN (3) CN109328237B (en)
AU (3) AU2017285350A1 (en)
BR (2) BR112018075960A2 (en)
CA (2) CA3027811A1 (en)
CL (3) CL2018003561A1 (en)
CR (1) CR20180590A (en)
ES (1) ES2942407T3 (en)
IL (2) IL263552A (en)
MA (1) MA45496A (en)
MX (2) MX367541B (en)
PE (1) PE20190443A1 (en)
PL (1) PL3472346T3 (en)
RU (1) RU2768699C2 (en)
SG (1) SG11201810594RA (en)
WO (2) WO2017216391A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (36)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016183266A1 (en) 2015-05-13 2016-11-17 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Ehpatitis b antiviral agents
WO2017066712A2 (en) * 2015-10-16 2017-04-20 The Children's Medical Center Corporation Modulators of telomere disease
ES2938341T3 (en) 2016-03-07 2023-04-10 Enanta Pharm Inc Antiviral agents against hepatitis B
MA45496A (en) 2016-06-17 2019-04-24 Hoffmann La Roche NUCLEIC ACID MOLECULES FOR PADD5 OR PAD7 MRNA REDUCTION FOR TREATMENT OF HEPATITIS B INFECTION
CN110066278B (en) * 2017-06-01 2021-06-08 广东东阳光药业有限公司 Fused tricyclic compound and application thereof in medicines
CA3073986A1 (en) 2017-08-28 2019-03-07 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Hepatitis b antiviral agents
KR20200030594A (en) * 2017-10-16 2020-03-20 에프. 호프만-라 로슈 아게 Nucleic acid molecule for reducing PAPD5 and PAPD7 mRNA to treat hepatitis B infection
US11058678B2 (en) 2018-01-22 2021-07-13 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted heterocycles as antiviral agents
WO2019191166A1 (en) 2018-03-29 2019-10-03 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Hepatitis b antiviral agents
WO2019193165A1 (en) 2018-04-05 2019-10-10 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Use of fubp1 inhibitors for treating hepatitis b virus infection
CR20210058A (en) 2018-07-03 2021-03-22 Hoffmann La Roche Oligonucleotides for modulating tau expression
EP3821013A1 (en) 2018-07-13 2021-05-19 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Oligonucleotides for modulating rtel1 expression
WO2020051375A2 (en) 2018-09-05 2020-03-12 Children's Medical Center Corporation Papd5 inhibitors and methods of use thereof
CN112955142A (en) 2018-09-21 2021-06-11 英安塔制药有限公司 Functionalized heterocyclic compounds as antiviral agents
UY38483A (en) 2018-11-21 2020-06-30 Enanta Pharm Inc HETEROCYCLES FUNCTIONALIZED AS ANTIVIRAL AGENTS
WO2020242278A1 (en) * 2019-05-30 2020-12-03 서울대학교 산학협력단 Method for inhibiting infection and activation of virus
US11236111B2 (en) 2019-06-03 2022-02-01 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Hepatitis B antiviral agents
WO2020247575A1 (en) 2019-06-04 2020-12-10 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Hepatitis b antiviral agents
WO2020247561A1 (en) 2019-06-04 2020-12-10 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc, Hepatitis b antiviral agents
WO2021007488A1 (en) 2019-07-11 2021-01-14 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted heterocycles as antiviral agents
WO2021055425A2 (en) 2019-09-17 2021-03-25 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Functionalized heterocycles as antiviral agents
WO2021092159A1 (en) * 2019-11-07 2021-05-14 The Regents Of The University Of Colorado A Body Corporate Papd5 inhibition as a treatment for dyskeratosis congenita, aplastic anemia and myelodysplastic syndrome caused by reduced telomerase rna levels
CN114901821A (en) 2019-12-19 2022-08-12 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Use of SEPT9 inhibitors for treating hepatitis B virus infection
WO2021122910A1 (en) 2019-12-19 2021-06-24 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Use of sbds inhibitors for treating hepatitis b virus infection
CN114867856A (en) 2019-12-19 2022-08-05 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Use of SARAF inhibitors for the treatment of hepatitis B virus infection
JP2023506547A (en) 2019-12-19 2023-02-16 エフ． ホフマン－ラ ロシュ エージー． Use of COPS3 inhibitors to treat hepatitis B virus infection
CN114829599A (en) 2019-12-19 2022-07-29 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Use of SCAMP3 inhibitors for treating hepatitis b virus infection
US11802125B2 (en) 2020-03-16 2023-10-31 Enanta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Functionalized heterocyclic compounds as antiviral agents
EP3955067A1 (en) 2020-08-11 2022-02-16 GF Machining Solutions SA A system for predicting anomalies of machining with a neuromorphic circuit
EP4200419A2 (en) 2020-08-21 2023-06-28 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Use of a1cf inhibitors for treating hepatitis b virus infection
AU2021400488A1 (en) 2020-12-14 2023-06-22 Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of treating metabolic disorders and cardiovascular disease with inhibin subunit beta e (inhbe) inhibitors
TW202246500A (en) 2021-02-02 2022-12-01 瑞士商赫孚孟拉羅股份公司 Enhanced oligonucleotides for inhibiting rtel1 expression
AU2022293556A1 (en) * 2021-06-18 2024-01-18 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds and methods for reducing ifnar1 expression
WO2023039089A1 (en) 2021-09-08 2023-03-16 Twentyeight-Seven, Inc. Papd5 and/or papd7 inhibiting 4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylic acid derivatives
WO2023111210A1 (en) 2021-12-17 2023-06-22 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Combination of oligonucleotides for modulating rtel1 and fubp1
CN118660704A (en) * 2022-01-28 2024-09-17 葛兰素史密斯克莱知识产权发展有限公司 Combination therapy for the treatment of hepatitis b virus infection

Family Cites Families (90)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4711955A (en) 1981-04-17 1987-12-08 Yale University Modified nucleotides and methods of preparing and using same
CA1223831A (en) 1982-06-23 1987-07-07 Dean Engelhardt Modified nucleotides, methods of preparing and utilizing and compositions containing the same
DE3538677A1 (en) 1985-10-31 1987-05-07 Schloemann Siemag Ag TURNING REEL
EP0724447B1 (en) 1991-10-24 2003-05-07 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Derivatized oligonucleotides having improved uptake
US5792608A (en) 1991-12-12 1998-08-11 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Nuclease stable and binding competent oligomers and methods for their use
NL9201440A (en) 1992-08-11 1994-03-01 Univ Leiden Triantennary cluster glycosides, their preparation and application.
JP2002502222A (en) 1992-11-06 2002-01-22 ノバーティス アクチエンゲゼルシャフト Production of Human Monoclonal Antibodies Active against Hepatitis B Surface Antigen
US20040157780A1 (en) 1993-11-29 2004-08-12 Epimmune Inc. CTL inducing peptides from c-erb2 (HER-2/neu)
CA2185918A1 (en) 1994-04-05 1995-10-12 Genzyme Corporation Determination and identification of active compounds in a compound library
US5525711A (en) 1994-05-18 1996-06-11 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services Pteridine nucleotide analogs as fluorescent DNA probes
JP3756313B2 (en) 1997-03-07 2006-03-15 武 今西 Novel bicyclonucleosides and oligonucleotide analogues
EP2341058A3 (en) 1997-09-12 2011-11-23 Exiqon A/S Oligonucleotide Analogues
CN1273478C (en) 1999-02-12 2006-09-06 三共株式会社 Novel nucleosides and oligonucleotide analogues
US7053207B2 (en) 1999-05-04 2006-05-30 Exiqon A/S L-ribo-LNA analogues
US6617442B1 (en) 1999-09-30 2003-09-09 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Human Rnase H1 and oligonucleotide compositions thereof
WO2003022987A2 (en) 2001-07-26 2003-03-20 Eos Biotechnology, Inc. Methods of diagnosis of hepatitis c infection, compositions and methods of screening for modulators of hepatitis c infection
EP2305813A3 (en) 2002-11-14 2012-03-28 Dharmacon, Inc. Fuctional and hyperfunctional sirna
DK2284269T3 (en) 2002-11-18 2017-10-23 Roche Innovation Ct Copenhagen As Antisense design
US20060257851A1 (en) 2002-11-26 2006-11-16 Itzhak Bentwich Bioinformatically detectable group of novel viral regulatory genes and uses thereof
CN1836042A (en) 2003-06-12 2006-09-20 原子核物理公司 Conserved HBV and HCV sequences useful for gene silencing
JP2005116204A (en) 2003-10-03 2005-04-28 Daikin Ind Ltd Discharge device and air cleaning device
US7374927B2 (en) 2004-05-03 2008-05-20 Affymetrix, Inc. Methods of analysis of degraded nucleic acid samples
EP1752536A4 (en) 2004-05-11 2008-04-16 Alphagen Co Ltd Polynucleotide causing rna interfere and method of regulating gene expression with the use of the same
US20060263798A1 (en) 2005-02-11 2006-11-23 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for identification of MicroRNA precursor sequences and corresponding mature MicroRNA sequences from genomic sequences
WO2007031091A2 (en) 2005-09-15 2007-03-22 Santaris Pharma A/S Rna antagonist compounds for the modulation of p21 ras expression
EP2314594B1 (en) 2006-01-27 2014-07-23 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 6-modified bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
US20110177960A1 (en) 2006-03-10 2011-07-21 Ellen Murphy Microarray for monitoring gene expression in multiple strains of Streptococcus pneumoniae
WO2007143315A2 (en) 2006-05-05 2007-12-13 Isis Pharmaceutical, Inc. Compounds and methods for modulating expression of pcsk9
US7666854B2 (en) 2006-05-11 2010-02-23 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bis-modified bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
WO2007134181A2 (en) 2006-05-11 2007-11-22 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 5'-modified bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
US20100004253A1 (en) 2006-09-19 2010-01-07 Novartis Ag Biomarkers of target modulation, efficacy, diagnosis and/or prognosis for raf inhibitors
DK2410053T4 (en) 2006-10-18 2020-08-31 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc Antisense compounds
US8580756B2 (en) 2007-03-22 2013-11-12 Santaris Pharma A/S Short oligomer antagonist compounds for the modulation of target mRNA
DK2170917T3 (en) 2007-05-30 2012-10-08 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc N-Substituted bicyclic nucleic acid analogs with aminomethylene bridge
ES2386492T3 (en) 2007-06-08 2012-08-21 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Carbocyclic bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
CA2692579C (en) 2007-07-05 2016-05-03 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 6-disubstituted bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
WO2009043759A2 (en) 2007-10-04 2009-04-09 Santaris Pharma A/S Short rna antagonist compounds for the modulation of hif1alpha
US8546556B2 (en) 2007-11-21 2013-10-01 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc Carbocyclic alpha-L-bicyclic nucleic acid analogs
CA2710761C (en) 2007-12-27 2019-01-08 Abbott Laboratories Anti-t. cruzi antibodies and methods of use
WO2009090182A1 (en) 2008-01-14 2009-07-23 Santaris Pharma A/S C4'-substituted - dna nucleotide gapmer oligonucleotides
US9290534B2 (en) 2008-04-04 2016-03-22 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds having at least one neutrally linked terminal bicyclic nucleoside
EP2310021A4 (en) 2008-07-10 2012-06-27 Merck Sharp & Dohme Methods of using compositions comprising mir-192 and/or mir-215 for the treatment of cancer
US8501805B2 (en) 2008-09-24 2013-08-06 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted alpha-L-bicyclic nucleosides
EP2177615A1 (en) 2008-10-10 2010-04-21 Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten Forschung e.V. Method for a genome wide identification of expression regulatory sequences and use of genes and molecules derived thereof for the diagnosis and therapy of metabolic and/or tumorous diseases
US20100249214A1 (en) 2009-02-11 2010-09-30 Dicerna Pharmaceuticals Multiplex dicer substrate rna interference molecules having joining sequences
KR101728655B1 (en) 2008-12-18 2017-04-19 다이서나 파마수이티컬, 인크. Extended dicer substrate agents and methods for the specific inhibition of gene expression
WO2011017521A2 (en) 2009-08-06 2011-02-10 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Bicyclic cyclohexose nucleic acid analogs
JP2013126374A (en) 2010-03-04 2013-06-27 Kyushu Univ Gene related to action of isoflavones
WO2011156202A1 (en) 2010-06-08 2011-12-15 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Substituted 2 '-amino and 2 '-thio-bicyclic nucleosides and oligomeric compounds prepared therefrom
EP2606134B1 (en) 2010-08-17 2019-04-10 Sirna Therapeutics, Inc. RNA INTERFERENCE MEDIATED INHIBITION OF HEPATITIS B VIRUS (HBV) GENE EXPRESSION USING SHORT INTERFERING NUCLEIC ACID (siNA)
TR201908127T4 (en) 2010-10-28 2019-06-21 Benitec Biopharma Ltd Hbv therapy.
EP2673361B1 (en) * 2011-02-08 2016-04-13 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomeric compounds comprising bicyclic nucleotides and uses thereof
EA029137B1 (en) 2011-04-21 2018-02-28 Ионис Фармасьютикалз, Инк. Modulation of hepatitis b virus (hbv) expression
TWI695066B (en) 2011-06-30 2020-06-01 美商艾羅海德製藥公司 Compositions and methods for inhibiting gene expression of hepatitis b virus
DK2742135T4 (en) 2011-08-11 2020-07-13 Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc BINDING MODIFIED GAPPED OLIGOMERIC COMPOUNDS AND USES THEREOF
EP3640332A1 (en) 2011-08-29 2020-04-22 Ionis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligomer-conjugate complexes and their use
SG11201401314PA (en) 2011-09-07 2014-09-26 Marina Biotech Inc Synthesis and uses of nucleic acid compounds with conformationally restricted monomers
WO2013113326A1 (en) 2012-01-31 2013-08-08 Curevac Gmbh Pharmaceutical composition comprising a polymeric carrier cargo complex and at least one protein or peptide antigen
WO2013154798A1 (en) 2012-04-09 2013-10-17 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tricyclic nucleic acid analogs
WO2013159109A1 (en) 2012-04-20 2013-10-24 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Modulation of hepatitis b virus (hbv) expression
WO2013166264A2 (en) 2012-05-02 2013-11-07 University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. Methods for altering virus replication
SG11201500232UA (en) 2012-07-13 2015-04-29 Wave Life Sciences Pte Ltd Chiral control
US20150232837A1 (en) * 2012-08-31 2015-08-20 Aptamir Therapeutics, Inc. Mirna modulators of chronic visceral inflammation
SG10201804331TA (en) 2012-11-15 2018-07-30 Roche Innovation Ct Copenhagen As Oligonucleotide conjugates
CN111593051A (en) 2013-05-01 2020-08-28 Ionis制药公司 Compositions and methods
SI3013959T1 (en) 2013-06-27 2020-04-30 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S Antisense oligomers and conjugates targeting pcsk9
WO2015031694A2 (en) 2013-08-28 2015-03-05 Caris Science, Inc. Oligonucleotide probes and uses thereof
EP3099685B1 (en) * 2014-01-30 2018-04-18 F.Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Novel dihydroquinolizinones for the treatment and prophylaxis of hepatitis b virus infection
US10358643B2 (en) 2014-01-30 2019-07-23 Hoffmann-La Roche, Inc. Poly oligomer compound with biocleavable conjugates
EP3143020B1 (en) * 2014-05-13 2019-08-21 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Dihydroquinolizinones for the treatment and prophylaxis of hepatitis b virus infection
GB201408623D0 (en) 2014-05-15 2014-07-02 Santaris Pharma As Oligomers and oligomer conjugates
FR3026868B1 (en) 2014-10-02 2019-08-16 Dav DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD FOR MOTOR VEHICLE
WO2016055601A1 (en) 2014-10-10 2016-04-14 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Galnac phosphoramidites, nucleic acid conjugates thereof and their use
US9637485B2 (en) 2014-11-03 2017-05-02 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. 6,7-dihydrobenzo[a]quinolizin-2-one derivatives for the treatment and prophylaxis of hepatitis B virus infection
US20180016575A1 (en) 2014-11-19 2018-01-18 Roche Innovation Center Copenhagen A/S LNA Gapmer Oligonucleotides Comprising Chiral Phosphorothioate Linkages
JP6689279B2 (en) 2014-12-16 2020-05-20 ロシュ イノベーション センター コペンハーゲン エーエス Chiral toxicity screening method
EP3240537B1 (en) * 2014-12-30 2020-09-09 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Novel tetrahydropyridopyrimidines and tetrahydropyridopyridines for the treatment and prophylaxis of hepatitis b virus infection
EP3253871A1 (en) 2015-02-04 2017-12-13 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Lna oligonucleotides with alternating flanks
JP6435054B2 (en) * 2015-02-11 2018-12-05 エフ．ホフマン−ラ ロシュ アーゲーＦ． Ｈｏｆｆｍａｎｎ−Ｌａ Ｒｏｃｈｅ Ａｋｔｉｅｎｇｅｓｅｌｌｓｃｈａｆｔ Novel 2-oxo-6,7-dihydrobenzo [a] quinolidine-3-carboxylic acid derivatives for the treatment and prevention of hepatitis B virus infection
CN107624113B (en) * 2015-05-04 2020-10-23 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Tetrahydropyridopyrimidines and tetrahydropyridopyridines as inhibitors of HBsAg (HBV surface antigen) and HBV DNA production for the treatment of hepatitis B virus infection
AU2016296592B2 (en) 2015-07-17 2021-08-19 Arcturus Therapeutics, Inc. Compositions and agents against Hepatitis B virus and uses thereof
AU2016306275A1 (en) 2015-08-07 2018-02-08 Arrowhead Pharmaceuticals, Inc. RNAi therapy for Hepatitis B virus infection
WO2017066712A2 (en) 2015-10-16 2017-04-20 The Children's Medical Center Corporation Modulators of telomere disease
CN109153697A (en) 2016-04-14 2019-01-04 豪夫迈·罗氏有限公司 Mono- GalNAc compound of trityl-and application thereof
MA45496A (en) 2016-06-17 2019-04-24 Hoffmann La Roche NUCLEIC ACID MOLECULES FOR PADD5 OR PAD7 MRNA REDUCTION FOR TREATMENT OF HEPATITIS B INFECTION
WO2018059718A1 (en) 2016-09-30 2018-04-05 Rijk Zwaan Zaadteelt En Zaadhandel B.V. Peronospora resistance in spinacia oleracea
KR20200030594A (en) 2017-10-16 2020-03-20 에프. 호프만-라 로슈 아게 Nucleic acid molecule for reducing PAPD5 and PAPD7 mRNA to treat hepatitis B infection
CL2020001638A1 (en) 2017-10-16 2020-10-16 Hoffmann La Roche Nucleic acid molecule for the reduction of papd5 and papd7 mRNA in the treatment of hepatitis b infection. (divisional request 202000945)
MX2020007915A (en) 2018-01-29 2020-09-03 Hoffmann La Roche Process for the preparation of galnac oligonucleotide conjugates.
CL2019000945A1 (en) 2019-04-09 2019-07-12 Energy Harvest As Rotary valve device and its methods.

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CL2018003561A1 (en) 2019-03-15
KR102391812B1 (en) 2022-04-27
ES2942407T3 (en) 2023-06-01
JP2024026252A (en) 2024-02-28
AU2017285351A1 (en) 2018-12-13
EP3472346A1 (en) 2019-04-24
KR20190018515A (en) 2019-02-22
BR112018075682A2 (en) 2019-04-02
JP2022019747A (en) 2022-01-27
MA45496A (en) 2019-04-24
CL2020003329A1 (en) 2021-06-04
PL3472346T3 (en) 2023-05-22
RU2019100094A (en) 2020-07-17
JP2019518037A (en) 2019-06-27
US11191775B2 (en) 2021-12-07
WO2017216391A1 (en) 2017-12-21
EP3472346B1 (en) 2023-01-18
JP2022036182A (en) 2022-03-04
MX2018015521A (en) 2019-03-18
SG11201810594RA (en) 2018-12-28
CN109328237B (en) 2022-12-06
KR20220056252A (en) 2022-05-04
CA3027811A1 (en) 2017-12-21
CA3027305A1 (en) 2017-12-21
WO2017216390A1 (en) 2017-12-21
JP2019523649A (en) 2019-08-29
CN109414448B (en) 2021-10-26
MX2018015516A (en) 2019-03-18
AU2017285351B2 (en) 2023-04-20
CN116196411A (en) 2023-06-02
PE20190443A1 (en) 2019-03-29
KR102381682B1 (en) 2022-03-31
JP7007304B2 (en) 2022-02-10
CN109414448A (en) 2019-03-01
JP7258558B2 (en) 2023-04-17
CL2020003330A1 (en) 2021-06-04
US20230210887A1 (en) 2023-07-06
EP3472362B1 (en) 2023-09-06
AU2017285350A1 (en) 2018-12-20
IL263552A (en) 2019-01-31
US20190194768A1 (en) 2019-06-27
RU2019100094A3 (en) 2021-04-06
KR20190019164A (en) 2019-02-26
BR112018075960A2 (en) 2019-10-01
AU2023202562A1 (en) 2023-05-18
IL263558A (en) 2019-01-31
EP3472362C0 (en) 2023-09-06
EP3472362A1 (en) 2019-04-24
CN109328237A (en) 2019-02-12
US20190216846A1 (en) 2019-07-18
MX367543B (en) 2019-08-22
US11534452B2 (en) 2022-12-27
CR20180590A (en) 2019-03-05
RU2768699C2 (en) 2022-03-24
MX367541B (en) 2019-08-22
EP4219767A1 (en) 2023-08-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20220096527A1 (en) Papd5 and papd7 inhibitors for treating a hepatitis b infection
JP6966678B2 (en) Inhibition of cytokine-induced SH2 proteins in NK cells
JP2012511583A (en) Kinase inhibitors using cell penetrating peptides
CN106794216A (en) The peptide of different mucoprotein SND1 interactions is blocked as the purposes for the treatment of of cancer
JP6986263B2 (en) Antiviral drug
KR101932683B1 (en) Methods for predicting drug resistance of Hepatitis B virus
JP2022532667A (en) GPCR heteromer inhibitors and their use
WO2008003748A2 (en) Cd300lg polypeptides and their use in treating autoimmune diseases
RU2812764C1 (en) Compositions and methods of treating and preventing hepatitis b and d
NZ788062A (en) Nucleic acid molecules for reduction of papd5 or papd7 mrna for treating hepatitis b infection
Harms Endogenous CXCR4 antagonists: role in HIV-1 transmission and therapy of CXCR4-linked diseases
JP2023500577A (en) Computational design of alpha(v)beta(6) integrin binding proteins
JPWO2005014809A1 (en) Liver cancer-specific polypeptide, polynucleotide encoding the polypeptide, and RNA molecule that suppresses expression of the polypeptide

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED